ul comp(eran8.1_03)

169
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03) http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 1/169 eRAN UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description Issue 03 Date 2015-08-31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Upload: muhammad-abdur-razzaqe

Post on 08-Mar-2016

82 views

Category:

Documents


12 download

DESCRIPTION

UL CoMP LTE

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 1/169

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter 

Description

Issue 03

Date 2015-08-31

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Page 2: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 2/169

 

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2015. All rights reserved.

No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written

consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

 

Trademarks and Permissions

 and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

 All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective

holders.

 

Notice

The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the

customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within thepurchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,

and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or 

representations of any kind, either express or implied.

The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the

preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and

recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

 

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

 Address: Huawei Industrial Base

Bantian, Longgang

Shenzhen 518129

People's Republic of China

Website: http://www.huawei.com

Email: [email protected]

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

i

Page 3: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 3/169

Contents

1 About This Document.................................................................................................................. 1

1.1 Scope.............................................................................................................................................................................. 1

1.2 Intended Audience..........................................................................................................................................................1

1.3 Change History...............................................................................................................................................................2

1.4 Differences Between eNodeB Types..............................................................................................................................8

2 Overview......................................................................................................................................... 9

2.1 Background.....................................................................................................................................................................9

2.2 Introduction.................................................................................................................................................................... 9

2.3 Related Concepts.......................................................................................................................................................... 11

2.4 Application Scenarios...................................................................................................................................................13

2.4.1 LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP...................................................................................................................14

2.4.2 LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II.....................................................................................................14

2.4.3 LOFD-070223 UL CoMP based on Coordinated BBU.............................................................................................15

2.4.4 LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul............................................................................................16

2.4.5 UL CoMP in SFN Scenarios..................................................................................................................................... 17

2.5 Benefits.........................................................................................................................................................................18

2.5.1 Sources of Gains........................................................................................................................................................19

2.5.2 Areas Benefiting from UL CoMP............................................................................................................................. 21

2.5.3 Level of  Gains........................................................................................................................................................... 23

2.6 Evolution of UL CoMP................................................................................................................................................ 24

3 Technical Description.................................................................................................................28

3.1 Basic Process................................................................................................................................................................ 29

3.2 Selection of UL CoMP UEs and Coordinated Cells.....................................................................................................30

3.3 Joint Reception by Multiple Cells' Antennas............................................................................................................... 34

4 Related Features...........................................................................................................................35

4.1 Relationships Between UL CoMP Features................................................................................................................. 35

4.2 Features R elated to LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP......................................................................................36

4.3 Features R elated to LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II........................................................................38

4.4 Features Related to LOFD-070223 UL CoMP based on Coordinated BBU................................................................39

4.5 Features Related to LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul...............................................................40

5 Network Impact........................................................................................................................... 42

5.1 LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP......................................................................................................................42

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description Contents

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

ii

Page 4: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 4/169

5.2 LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II........................................................................................................42

5.3 LOFD-070223 UL CoMP based on Coordinated BBU................................................................................................43

5.4 LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul...............................................................................................43

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP................................ 446.1 When to Use LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP................................................................................................44

6.2 Required Information................................................................................................................................................... 44

6.3 Planning........................................................................................................................................................................45

6.4 Deployment.................................................................................................................................................................. 45

6.4.1 Requirements.............................................................................................................................................................45

6.4.2 Data Pre paration........................................................................................................................................................ 48

6.4.3 Precautions.................................................................................................................................................................52

6.4.4 Hardwar e Adjustment................................................................................................................................................52

6.4.5 Activation.................................................................................................................................................................. 52

6.4.5.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs..................................................52

6.4.5.2 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Existing eNodeBs............................................................... 52

6.4.5.3 Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration.................................................................................................. 53

6.4.5.4 Using MML Commands.........................................................................................................................................54

6.4.6 Activation Observation..............................................................................................................................................57

6.4.6.1 Using MML Commands.........................................................................................................................................58

6.4.6.2 Using Signaling...................................................................................................................................................... 58

6.4.6.3 Querying the Number of UL CoMP UEs in a Cell on the U2000 Client...............................................................60

6.4.6.4 Querying the UL CoMP Status of UEs on the U2000 Client.................................................................................63

6.4.6.5 Using Counters....................................................................................................................................................... 666.4.7 Reconfiguration......................................................................................................................................................... 68

6.4.8 Deactivation...............................................................................................................................................................69

6.4.8.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration................................................................................................... 69

6.4.8.2 Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration.................................................................................................. 69

6.4.8.3 Using MML Commands.........................................................................................................................................69

6.5 Performance Monitoring...............................................................................................................................................70

6.6 Parameter  Optimization................................................................................................................................................72

6.7 Troubleshooting............................................................................................................................................................74

7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II................ 767.1 When to Use LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II..................................................................................76

7.2 Required Information................................................................................................................................................... 76

7.3 Planning........................................................................................................................................................................77

7.4 Deployment.................................................................................................................................................................. 77

7.4.1 Requirements.............................................................................................................................................................77

7.4.2 Data Pre paration........................................................................................................................................................ 79

7.4.3 Precautions.................................................................................................................................................................83

7.4.4 Hardwar e Adjustment................................................................................................................................................83

7.4.5 Activation.................................................................................................................................................................. 83

7.4.5.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs..................................................83

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description Contents

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

iii

Page 5: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 5/169

7.4.5.2 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Existing eNodeBs............................................................... 84

7.4.5.3 Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration.................................................................................................. 85

7.4.5.4 Using MML Commands.........................................................................................................................................86

7.4.6 Activation Observation..............................................................................................................................................89

7.4.6.1 Using MML Commands.........................................................................................................................................89

7.4.6.2 Using Signaling...................................................................................................................................................... 89

7.4.6.3 Using Counters....................................................................................................................................................... 91

7.4.7 Reconfiguration......................................................................................................................................................... 91

7.4.8 Deactivation...............................................................................................................................................................91

7.4.8.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration................................................................................................... 91

7.4.8.2 Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration.................................................................................................. 91

7.4.8.3 Using MML Commands.........................................................................................................................................92

7.5 Performance Monitoring...............................................................................................................................................93

7.6 Parameter Optimization................................................................................................................................................937.7 Troubleshooting............................................................................................................................................................94

8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP based on Coordinated BBU....... 96

8.1 When to Use LOFD-070223 UL CoMP based on Coordinated BBU..........................................................................96

8.2 Required Information................................................................................................................................................... 96

8.3 Planning........................................................................................................................................................................97

8.4 Deployment.................................................................................................................................................................. 97

8.4.1 Requirements.............................................................................................................................................................97

8.4.2 Data Pre paration...................................................................................................................................................... 100

8.4.3 Precautions...............................................................................................................................................................1038.4.4 Hardwar e Adjustment..............................................................................................................................................104

8.4.5 Activation................................................................................................................................................................ 104

8.4.5.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs................................................104

8.4.5.2 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Existing eNodeBs............................................................. 104

8.4.5.3 Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration................................................................................................ 105

8.4.5.4 Using MML Commands.......................................................................................................................................106

8.4.6 Activation Observation............................................................................................................................................ 110

8.4.6.1 Using MML Commands....................................................................................................................................... 110

8.4.6.2 Using Signaling.....................................................................................................................................................110

8.4.6.3 Using Counters..................................................................................................................................................... 112

8.4.7 Reconfiguration....................................................................................................................................................... 112

8.4.8 Deactivation.............................................................................................................................................................112

8.4.8.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration................................................................................................. 112

8.4.8.2 Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration................................................................................................ 113

8.4.8.3 Using MML Commands....................................................................................................................................... 113

8.5 Performance Monitoring.............................................................................................................................................114

8.6 Parameter  Optimization.............................................................................................................................................. 114

8.7 Troubleshooting..........................................................................................................................................................115

9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul.....117

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description Contents

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

iv

Page 6: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 6/169

9.1 When to Use LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul.......................................................................117

9.2 Required Information..................................................................................................................................................117

9.3 Planning...................................................................................................................................................................... 118

9.4 Deployment.................................................................................................................................................................118

9.4.1 Requirements........................................................................................................................................................... 118

9.4.2 Data Preparation...................................................................................................................................................... 120

9.4.3 Precautions...............................................................................................................................................................123

9.4.4 Hardware Adjustment..............................................................................................................................................124

9.4.5 Activation................................................................................................................................................................ 124

9.4.5.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs................................................124

9.4.5.2 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Existing eNodeBs............................................................. 124

9.4.5.3 Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration................................................................................................ 125

9.4.5.4 Using the CME to Perform Feature Configuration.............................................................................................. 126

9.4.5.5 Using MML Commands.......................................................................................................................................127

9.4.6 Activation Observation............................................................................................................................................128

9.4.6.1 Using MML Commands.......................................................................................................................................128

9.4.6.2 Using Counters..................................................................................................................................................... 129

9.4.7 Reconfiguration....................................................................................................................................................... 129

9.4.8 Deactivation.............................................................................................................................................................129

9.4.8.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration................................................................................................. 129

9.4.8.2 Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration................................................................................................ 129

9.4.8.3 Using MML Commands.......................................................................................................................................129

9.5 Performance Monitoring.............................................................................................................................................1309.6 Parameter  Optimization..............................................................................................................................................131

9.7 Troubleshooting..........................................................................................................................................................131

10 Parameters.................................................................................................................................133

11 Counters.................................................................................................................................... 157

12 Glossary.....................................................................................................................................162

13 Reference Documents.............................................................................................................163

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description Contents

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

v

Page 7: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 7/169

1 About This Document

1.1 Scope

This document describes uplink coordinated multipoint reception (UL CoMP), including its

technical principles, related features, network impact, and engineering guidelines. This

document covers the following features:

l LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP

l LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II

l LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated BBU

l LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul

This document applies to the following eNodeBs.

eNodeB Type Model

Macro 3900 series eNodeB

LampSite DBS3900 LampSite

 

Any managed objects (MOs), parameters, alarms, or counters described herein correspond to

the software release delivered with this document. Any future updates will be described in the

 product documentation delivered with future software releases.

This document applies only to LTE FDD. Any "LTE" in this document refers to LTE FDD,

and "eNodeB" refers to LTE FDD eNodeB.

1.2 Intended Audience

This document is intended for personnel who:

l  Need to understand the features described herein

l Work with Huawei products

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

1

Page 8: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 8/169

1.3 Change History

This section provides information about the changes in different document versions. There are

two types of changes:

l Feature change

Changes in features and parameters of a specified version as well as the affected entities

l Editorial change

Changes in wording or addition of information and any related parameters affected by

editorial changes. Editorial change does not specify the af fected entities.

eRAN8.1 03 (2015-08-31)

This issue includes the following changes.

ChangeType

Change Description ParameterChange

AffectedEntity

Feature

change

 None None Macro

eNodeBs

Editorial

change

Deleted 3.3 "Event A3 Measurement

Reporting", and added "RSRP

Measurement" to 3.2 Selection of UL

CoMP UEs and Coordinated Cells.

 None None

 

eRAN8.1 02 (2015-04-30)

This issue includes the following changes.

ChangeType

Change Description ParameterChange

AffectedEntity

Feature

change

Estimated the level of gains provided by

UL CoMP. For details, see 2.5.3 Level of 

Gains.

 None Macro

eNodeBs

Added the impact on CAMC. For details,

see 4.2 Features Related to

LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP.

 None Macro

eNodeBs

Modified the impact on CA features. For 

details, see 4.2 Features Related to

LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP, 4.3 Features Related to

LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP Phase II, and 4.4 Features

Related to LOFD-070223 UL CoMP

based on Coordinated BBU.

 None Macro

eNodeBs

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

2

Page 9: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 9/169

ChangeType

Change Description ParameterChange

AffectedEntity

Editorial

change

Revised descriptions in this document. None None

 

eRAN8.1 01 (2015-03-23)

This issue includes the following changes.

ChangeType

Change Description ParameterChange

AffectedEntity

Feature

change

To enable the following features to

support macro-micro UL CoMP:l LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP

l LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP Phase II

l LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on

Coordinated BBU

Optimized the following operations:

l Data preparation

l Batch configuration for newly

deployed eNodeBs using the CME

l Activation using MML commands

For details, see engineering guidelines.

 None Macro

eNodeBs

Editorial

change

Revised descriptions in this document. None None

 

eRAN8.1 Draft A (2015-01-15)

Compared with Issue 04 (2014-12-30) of eRAN7.0, Draft A (2015-01-15) of eRAN8.1includes the following changes.

ChangeType

Change Description Parameter Change AffectedEntity

Feature

change

Added LampSite eNodeBs'

support for LOFD-001066 Intra-

eNodeB UL CoMP and

LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP Phase II.

For details, see 1.4 Differences

Between eNodeB Types.

 None Macro and

LampSite

eNodeBs

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3

Page 10: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 10/169

ChangeType

Change Description Parameter Change AffectedEntity

Added the feature LOFD-081219

UL CoMP Based on Relaxed

Backhaul.

For details, see the following

chapters:

l 2 Overview

l 4 Related Features

l 5 Network Impact

l 9 Engineering Guidelines for

LOFD-081219 UL CoMP

Based on Relaxed Backhaul

l Added the

UlJROverRelaxedB

HSw option to the

ENodeBAlgoSwitch .

OverBBUsSwitch

 parameter.

l Added the

CellUlCompAlgo.Ul 

CompA3OffsetForRe

laxedBH  parameter.

Macro

eNodeBs

Added the support for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based

on Coordinated BBU in

distributed and centralized

+distributed Cloud BB modes.

For details, see the following

sections:

l 2.4.3 LOFD-070223 UL

CoMP based on Coordinated

BBU

l 5.3 LOFD-070223 UL CoMP

based on Coordinated BBU

 None MacroeNodeBs

Added the support for intra-BBP

3-cell UL CoMP in LOFD-001066

Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP.

For details, see the following

sections:

l 2.4.1 LOFD-001066 Intra-

eNodeB UL CoMP

l 2.6 Evolution of UL CoMP

l 6.4.2 Data Preparation

Added the

UlJointReception3CellS

witch option to the

CellAlgoSwitch.Uplink 

CompSwitch parameter.

Macro and

LampSite

eNodeBs

Added an eX2 QoS handling

mechanism to LOFD-081219 UL

CoMP Based on Relaxed

Backhaul.

For details, see 4.5 Features

Related to LOFD-081219 UL

CoMP Based on Relaxed

Backhaul.

 None Macro

eNodeBs

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4

Page 11: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 11/169

ChangeType

Change Description Parameter Change AffectedEntity

Added the UL CoMP capability of 

the LBBPd3, which supports six

2T4R cells.

For details, see the following

sections:

l 2.6 Evolution of UL CoMP

l "Requirements" in

"Deployment" in engineering

guidelines for each feature

 None Macro and

LampSite

eNodeBs

Enabled LOFD-001066 Intra-

eNodeB UL CoMP,

LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP Phase II, and

LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based

on Coordinated BBU to support

macro-micro UL CoMP.

For details, see the following

sections:

l 2.2 Introduction

l 2.4 Application Scenarios

l 3.2 Selection of UL CoMP

UEs and Coordinated Cells

l "Data Preparation" and"Activation" in engineering

guidelines for each feature

Added the following

options to the

CellAlgoSwitch.Uplink 

CompSwitch parameter:

l UlHetnetJointRecep-

tionSwitch

l UlHetnetCompManua

lNcellCfgSw

l UlHetnetCompOnUl

RsrpSw

Macro

eNodeBs

Added the mutually exclusive

relationships between the UL

CoMP features and the following

SFN features: LOFD-081208

Inter-eNodeB SFN Based on

Coordinated BBU and

LOFD-081209 Inter-eNodeB

adaptive SFN/SDMA Based on

Coordinated BBU.

For details, see 4 Related

Features.

 None Macro and

LampSite

eNodeBs

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5

Page 12: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 12/169

ChangeType

Change Description Parameter Change AffectedEntity

Added the support for 1R UL

CoMP and 1R+2R UL CoMP in

LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP, LOFD-070222 Intra-

eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II, and

LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based

on Coordinated BBU.

For details, see the following

sections:

l 2.6 Evolution of UL CoMP

l "Requirements" in

"Deployment" in engineering

guidelines for each feature

Added the

CellAlgoSwitch.UlJRA

ntNumCombSw

 parameter.

Macro and

LampSite

eNodeBs

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6

Page 13: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 13/169

ChangeType

Change Description Parameter Change AffectedEntity

Added the collaboration between

the UL CoMP features and the

SFN features LOFD-003029 SFN

and LOFD-070205 Adaptive SFN/

SDMA, and added restrictions on

the collaboration.

Added the impact of these SFN

features on LOFD-001066 Intra-

eNodeB UL CoMP,

LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP Phase II, and

LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based

on Coordinated BBU. Added the

mutually exclusive relationships between these SFN features and

LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based

on Relaxed Backhaul.

For details, see the following

sections:

l 2.4.5 UL CoMP in SFN

Scenarios

l 3.2 Selection of UL CoMP

UEs and Coordinated Cells

l "Impacted Features" of 

LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP, LOFD-070222

Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase

II, and LOFD-070223 UL

CoMP Based on Coordinated

BBU as well as "Mutually

Exclusive Features" of 

LOFD-081219 UL CoMP

Based on Relaxed Backhaul in

4 Related Features

l "Deployment" and "Parameter 

Optimization" in engineeringguidelines for LOFD-001066

Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP,

LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP Phase II, and

LOFD-070223 UL CoMP

Based on Coordinated BBU

 None Macro and

LampSite

eNodeBs

Editorial

change

Revised descriptions in this

document.

 None None

 

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7

Page 14: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 14/169

1.4 Differences Between eNodeB Types

Feature Support by Macro, Micro, and LampSite eNodeBs

Feature ID FeatureName

Supported byMacroeNodeBs

Supported byMicro eNodeBs

SupportedbyLampSiteeNodeBs

LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Yes No Yes

LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Phase II

Yes No Yes

LOFD-070223 UL CoMP

 based on

Coordinated

BBU

Yes No No

LOFD-081219 UL CoMP

Based on

Relaxed

Backhaul

Yes No No

 

Function Implementation in Macro, Micro, and LampSite eNodeBs

l This feature is not supported by micro eNodeBs.

l The features described in this document are implemented in the same way on macro and

LampSite eNodeBs.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8

Page 15: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 15/169

2 Overview

2.1 Background

Intra-cell interference in Long Term Evolution (LTE) is effectively eliminated by orthogonal

frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) and multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO). The

two technologies use low-rate orthogonal subcarriers to transmit high-rate data flows.

However, inter-cell interference cannot be effectively mitigated by these technologies. When

intra-frequency cells are deployed to achieve higher spectral efficiency, cell edge users

(CEUs) experience interference from neighboring cells and their uplink throughput is

significantly reduced.

To mitigate inter-cell interference, uplink coordinated multipoint reception (UL CoMP) has been introduced and allowed to be implemented under proprietary schemes since 3GPP

Release 8. By sharing channel status information and user data between neighboring cells and

converting interference into useful information, UL CoMP mitigates interference between

these cells, thereby enhancing cell coverage, improving cell performance, and increasing

uplink CEU throughput.

2.2 Introduction

UL CoMP is a multipoint reception technology. It coordinates the antennas of multiple cells to

receive and combine signals from a piece of user equipment (UE). UL CoMP provides signal

combining gains, interference mitigation gains, or both for a single UE.

UL CoMP is similar to joint reception by the antennas of a single cell, with the following

differences:

l UL CoMP reuses existing antennas, without adding antennas to cells.

l UL CoMP provides lower gains, as the signal power received in each cell varies.

UL CoMP Classification

The following table describes UL CoMP classification by application scenario, coordination

scope, and transport bandwidth overhead. In this table, BBP stands for baseband processingunit, and BBU stands for baseband unit.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9

Page 16: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 16/169

Table 2-1 UL CoMP classification

Category Type Feature

Macro-macro

UL CoMP

Intra-BBP UL

CoMP

LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP

Intra-BBU inter-

BBP UL CoMP

LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II

Inter-BBU UL

CoMP

LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated

BBU

UL CoMP based on

relaxed backhaul

LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed

Backhaul

Macro-micro

UL CoMP

Intra-BBP UL

CoMP

LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP

Intra-BBU inter-

BBP UL CoMP

LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II

Inter-BBU UL

CoMP

LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated

BBU

Micro-micro

UL CoMP

Intra-BBP UL

CoMP

LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP

Intra-BBU inter-

BBP UL CoMP

LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II

Inter-BBU UL

CoMP

LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated

BBU

 

NOTE

UL CoMP is categorized by application scenario:

l Macro-macro UL CoMP is performed in macro cells.

l Macro-micro UL CoMP is performed in macro and micro cells. The UE must be a type-1 UL CoMP

UE (as defined in 2.3 Related Concepts), the serving cell must be a macro cell, and coordinated

cells must be micro cells.

l

Micro-micro UL CoMP is performed in micro cells.l A macro cell is characterized by high transmit power and large coverage area, and specified by the

Cell Scale Indication parameter.

l A micro cell is characterized by low transmit power and small coverage area, and specified by the

Cell Scale Indication parameter.

UL CoMP is divided into different types in each category based on coordination scope and transport

 bandwidth overhead:

"Relaxed Backhaul" in the feature name indicates that the feature is applicable when BBUs are

connected through an IP RAN with the transmission delay less than 4 ms.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10

Page 17: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 17/169

LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP

LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP uses intra-BBP cell antennas to receive signals from

a UE. The serving and coordinated cells are set up on the same BBP and exchange

information within this BBP.

.

LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II

LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II uses intra-BBU inter-BBP cell antennas to

receive signals from a UE. The serving and coordinated cells are set up on different BBPs in

the same BBU, and they exchange information between the BBPs.

LOFD-070223 UL CoMP based on Coordinated BBU

LOFD-070223 UL CoMP based on Coordinated BBU uses inter-BBU cell antennas to jointly

receive signals from a UE. The serving and coordinated cells are set up on different BBUs,and they exchange information between the BBUs through universal switching units (USUs).

LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul

LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul uses inter-BBU cell antennas to

receive signals from a UE. The serving cell and coordinated cells exchange information

 between BBUs through an existing IP transport network, without additional USUs.

2.3 Related Concepts

UL CoMP UE

A UL CoMP UE is a UE whose signals are jointly received by the antennas of multiple cells.

There are two types of UL CoMP UE:

l Type-1 UL CoMP UE, also called type-1 UE, is located at the cell edge and expected to

 benefit from signal combining gains.

l Type-2 UL CoMP UE, also called type-2 UE, is located anywhere in a cell, affected by

interference from a type-1 UE, expected to benefit from interference mitigation gains.

NOTE

If a UE meets both type-1 and type-2 UE conditions, it is categorized as a type-1 UE.

2-Cell UL CoMP

2-cell UL CoMP uses the antennas of two separate cells to receive signals from a single UE.

If each of the two cells has two antennas, a total of four antennas can be used to jointly

receive UE signals over the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) to improve signal

quality.

3-Cell UL CoMP

3-cell UL CoMP uses the antennas of three separate cells to receive signals from a single UE.

If each of the three cells has two antennas, a total of six antennas can be used to jointlyreceive UE signals over the PUSCH to improve signal quality.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

11

Page 18: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 18/169

NOTE

3-cell UL CoMP means that a maximum of two neighboring cells can be selected to work with the

serving cell of a UE. 3-cell UL CoMP in the serving cell does not require 3-cell UL CoMP to be

activated in the neighboring cells.

Coordinated Cell

A coordinated cell is a UE-level concept. It works with the serving cell of a UE to implement

UL CoMP.

The eNodeB dynamically selects coordinated cells for a UL CoMP UE. This UE will have at

least one coordinated cell but may have different coordinated cells at different moments.

Coordinated Set

A coordinated set is a UE-level concept. It contains a UE's serving cell and its neighboring

cells that work with the serving cell for UL CoMP.

Coordinated Cell List

A coordinated cell list is a cell-level concept. It contains the local cell's neighboring cells that

can work with the local cell for UL CoMP.

Connection Set

A connection set is a cell-level concept. It contains a local cell and all cells that have routes to

this local cell. The size of a connection set depends on hardware specifications.

Example

Figure 2-1 illustrates the related concepts.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

12

Page 19: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 19/169

Figure 2-1 Diagram illustrating the related concepts

Concept Instance

UL CoMP UE UE 0

Serving cell of UE 0 Cell 3

Coordinated cells of UE 0 Cells 1 and 2

Coordinated set of UE 0 {Cells 1, 2, and 3}

Coordinated cell list of cell 3 Cells 1, 2, 4, and 5

Connection set of cell 3 {Cells 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5}

 

2.4 Application Scenarios

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

13

Page 20: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 20/169

2.4.1 LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP

When LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP is enabled, the following types of intra-BBP

UL CoMP are supported:

l Intra-BBP macro-macro UL CoMP

l Intra-BBP macro-micro UL CoMP

l Intra-BBP micro-micro UL CoMP

The following figure uses macro-macro UL CoMP as an example to illustrate intra-BBP UL

CoMP.

l If 3-cell UL CoMP is disabled, the serving cell for UE 0 will be cell 3 and the

coordinated cell will be either 1 or 2. The coordinated set contains either cells 1 and 3 or 

cells 2 and 3.

l If 3-cell UL CoMP is enabled, the serving cell for UE 0 will be cell 3 and the

coordinated cells will be 1 and 2. The coordinated set of UE 0 contains all three cells.

Figure 2-2 Intra-BBP UL CoMP

2.4.2 LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II

When LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II is enabled together with

LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP, the following types of intra-BBU UL CoMP are

supported:

l Intra-BBU inter-BBP macro-macro UL CoMP

l Intra-BBU inter-BBP macro-micro UL CoMP

l Intra-BBU inter-BBP micro-micro UL CoMP

The following figure uses macro-macro UL CoMP as an example to illustrate intra-BBU

inter-BBP UL CoMP.

l If 3-cell UL CoMP is disabled, the serving cell for UE 0 will be cell 3 and the

coordinated cell will be either 1 or 2. The coordinated set contains either cells 1 and 3 or cells 2 and 3.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

14

Page 21: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 21/169

l If 3-cell UL CoMP is enabled, the serving cell for UE 0 will be cell 3 and the

coordinated cells will be 1 and 2. The coordinated set of UE 0 contains all three cells.

Figure 2-3 Intra-BBU inter-BBP UL CoMP

2.4.3 LOFD-070223 UL CoMP based on Coordinated BBU

When LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated BBU is enabled together with

LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP and LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase

II, the following types of inter-BBU UL CoMP based on coordinated BBU are supported:

l Inter-BBU macro-macro UL CoMP with BBUs connected in centralized, distributed, or 

centralized+distributed mode

l Inter-BBU macro-micro UL CoMP with BBUs connected in centralized, distributed, or 

centralized+distributed mode

l Inter-BBU micro-micro UL CoMP with BBUs connected in centralized, distributed, or 

centralized+distributed mode

Figure 2-4 uses macro-macro UL CoMP as an example to illustrate inter-BBU UL CoMP.

l If 3-cell UL CoMP is disabled, the serving cell for UE 0 will be cell 3 and the

coordinated cell will be either 1 or 2. The coordinated set contains either cells 1 and 3 or 

cells 2 and 3.

l If 3-cell UL CoMP is enabled, the serving cell for UE 0 will be cell 3 and the

coordinated cells will be 1 and 2. The coordinated set contains all three cells.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

15

Page 22: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 22/169

Figure 2-4 Inter-BBU UL CoMP with BBUs connected in centralized, distributed, or 

centralized+distributed mode

Table 2-2 Application scenarios in different versions

Scenario eRAN7.0 eRAN8.1

USU interconnection mode One-level USU

interconnection

Two-level USU

interconnection

Cloud BB networking

mode

Centralized mode Centralized, distributed, or  

centralized+distributed mode

 

NOTE

For details about the Cloud BB networking modes, see USU3900-based Multi-BBU Interconnection Feature Parameter Description and USU3910-based Multi-BBU Interconnection Feature Parameter 

 Description.

2.4.4 LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul

When LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul is enabled together with

LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP, LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II,

and LOFD-001048 TTI Bundling, macro-macro UL CoMP based on relaxed backhaul is

supported.

Figure 2-5 illustrates macro-macro UL CoMP based on relaxed backhaul.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

16

Page 23: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 23/169

l If 3-cell UL CoMP is disabled, the serving cell for UE 0 will be cell 2 and the

coordinated cell will be either 1 or 3. The coordinated set contains either cells 1 and 2 or 

cells 2 and 3.

l If 3-cell UL CoMP is enabled, the serving cell for UE 0 will be cell 2 and the

coordinated cells will be 1 and 3. The coordinated set contains all three cells.

Figure 2-5 Inter-BBU UL CoMP based on relaxed backhaul

2.4.5 UL CoMP in SFN Scenarios

When the single frequency network (SFN) feature LOFD-003029 SFN or LOFD-070205

Adaptive SFN/SDMA is enabled together with one of the following UL CoMP features:

l LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP

l LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II

l LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated BBU

The following types of UL CoMP are supported:

l UL CoMP between SFN and non-SFN cells

l UL CoMP between SFN cells

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

17

Page 24: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 24/169

Figure 2-6 UL CoMP in SFN scenarios

UL CoMP Between SFN and Non-SFN Cells

If 3-cell UL CoMP is disabled, the serving cell for UE 0 in Figure 2-6 will be cell 3, and the

coordinated cell will be either physical cell 0-3 in SFN cell 0 or physical cell 1-1 in SFN cell

1. The coordinated set contains physical cell 0-3 and cell 3, or contains physical cell 1-1 and

cell 3.

If 3-cell UL CoMP is enabled, the serving cell for UE 0 in Figure 2-6 will be cell 3, and the

coordinated cells will be physical cell 0-3 in SFN cell 0 and physical cell 1-1 in SFN cell 1.The coordinated set contains the two physical cells and cell 3.

UL CoMP Between SFN Cells

The serving cell of UE 1 in Figure 2-6 is physical cell 1-1 in SFN cell 1, and the coordinated

cell is physical cell 0-2 in SFN cell 0. The coordinated set of UE 1 contains the two physical

cells.

2.5 Benefits

2-cell UL CoMP uses the antennas of two cells to receive signals from a UL CoMP UE. Thistype of UL CoMP offers higher gains than joint reception by the antennas of only one cell. If 

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

18

Page 25: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 25/169

each cell has two receive antennas, a total of four antennas can be used to receive signals from

a UL CoMP UE; by contrast, only two antennas can be used to receive a non-UL-CoMP UE.

3-cell UL CoMP uses the antennas of three cells to receive signals from a UL CoMP UE. This

type of UL CoMP offers higher performance gains than 2-cell UL CoMP.

UL CoMP provides signal combining gains (including diversity gains and array gains) and

interference mitigation gains. Generally, the gains increase with the number of receive

antennas. For the sources of gains, see 2.5.1 Sources of Gains. For other details about gains,

see Receiver Technology Feature Parameter Description.

UL CoMP increases the average uplink throughput for CEUs and cells. For data services, UL

CoMP improves uplink modulation and coding schemes (MCSs) and reduces transmission

delay. For voice over LTE (VoLTE) services, UL CoMP improves uplink MCSs, reduces bit

error rates (BERs) in positions very far from the cell center, decreases packet loss rates, and

reduces transmission delays, thereby improving voice quality and user experience.

2.5.1 Sources of Gains

UL CoMP selects appropriate UEs and receives signals from these UEs by using the antennas

of multiple cells (instead of adding more receive antennas) to provide gains for UL CoMP

UEs.

Depending on UE location, there are two sources of UL CoMP gains:

l Signal combining gains (when a UE is located at the cell edge)

l Interference mitigation gains (when a UE is located anywhere within a cell)

The following table lists the coordination scopes where UL CoMP provides gains for UEs.

Table 2-3 Coordination scopes

Feature ID Coordination Scope forType-1 UE

Coordination Scope forType-2 UE

LOFD-001066 Intra-

eNodeB UL CoMP

Intra-BBP cells Intra-BBP cells except 4R  

cells (that is, cells each with

four receive antennas)

LOFD-070222 Intra-

eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II

Intra-BBU cells Intra-BBP cells except 4R  

cells

LOFD-070223 UL CoMP

Based on Coordinated BBU

Intra- or inter-BBU cells Intra-BBP cells except 4R 

cells

LOFD-081219 UL CoMP

Based on Relaxed Backhaul

Intra- or inter-BBU cells

NOTE

 Note that cells that are

connected through a relaxed

 backhaul network between

different BBUs can be selected

to serve as the coordinated

cells for only type-1 UEs that

support transmission time

interval (TTI) bundling.

Intra-BBP cells except 4R 

cells (that is, cells each with

four receive antennas)

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

19

Page 26: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 26/169

Feature ID Coordination Scope forType-1 UE

Coordination Scope forType-2 UE

NOTE

LOFD-001066 is a prerequisite feature for LOFD-070222, LOFD-070223, and LOFD-081219. As

LOFD-001066 supports intra-BBP UL CoMP for type-2 UEs, the other three features also support intra-BBP UL CoMP for type-2 UEs.

 

The following describes the gains provided by LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP. Other 

UL CoMP features also provide these gains; the only difference is that these features provide

higher gains in wider coordination scopes.

Signal Combining Gains

Signal combining gains are provided for UEs at the cell edge, as shown in Figure 2-7. For 

these UEs, the gains are obvious and the received signal quality is improved.

Figure 2-7 Signal combining gains

Interference Mitigation Gains

Interference mitigation gains are provided for UEs that experience interference from CEUs in

neighboring cells. As shown in Figure 2-8, UE 0 experiences interference from UE 1 at theedge of an intra-frequency neighboring cell. The joint interference rejection combining (JIRC)

algorithm selects UE 0 as a UL CoMP UE for interference mitigation. The interference

mitigation gains are higher when the interference is higher.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

20

Page 27: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 27/169

Figure 2-8 Interference mitigation gains

2.5.2 Areas Benefiting from UL CoMP

LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP and LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMPPhase II

The following figure represents a simulation of the areas benefiting from LOFD-001066 and

LOFD-070222.

l The light blue parts are the areas in which intra- or inter-BBP UL CoMP can be

 performed for type-1 UEs.

l The dark blue parts are the areas in which intra-BBP UL CoMP can be performed for 

type-2 UEs.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

21

Page 28: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 28/169

Figure 2-9 Areas benefiting from LOFD-001066 and LOFD-070222

NOTE

The dark red parts indicate the locations of antennas.

Areas Benefiting from Other UL CoMP Features

The following figure represents a simulation of the areas benefiting from other UL CoMP

features.

l The light blue parts are the areas in which intra-BBP UL CoMP can be performed for 

type-1 UEs.

l The dark blue parts are the areas in which intra-BBP UL CoMP can be performed for 

type-2 UEs.

l The yellow and light red parts are the areas in which inter-BBP or inter-BBU UL CoMP

can be performed. These areas are larger than those benefiting from LOFD-001066 Intra-

eNodeB UL CoMP.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

22

Page 29: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 29/169

Figure 2-10 Areas benefiting from other features

NOTE

The dark red parts indicate the locations of antennas.

2.5.3 Level of Gains

l LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP and LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP

Phase II

– In macro-macro scenarios, the average cell throughput increases by 0% to 10% and

the average CEU throughput increases by 0% to 200%.

–In macro-micro scenarios, the average uplink UE throughput increases by 0% to250%.

l LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated BBU

– In macro-macro scenarios, the average cell throughput increases by 0% to 20% and

the average CEU throughput increases by 0% to 200%.

– In macro-micro scenarios, the average uplink UE throughput increases by 0% to

250%.

l LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul

The VoLTE packet loss rate decreases and therefore the coverage quality for VoLTE

increases by 0 dB to 2 dB, provided that the voice quality does not deteriorate (for 

example, the mean opinion score [MOS] is 3).

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

23

Page 30: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 30/169

NOTE

The level of gains provided by UL CoMP depends on the following factors:

l Proportion of UL CoMP UEs and proportion of UL CoMP PRBs

A small proportion of UL CoMP UEs or PRBs leads to lower UL CoMP gains.

l Environmental factors, such as interference, networking mode, user distribution, and user services

l Other factors, such as the performance before UL CoMP is enabled and the RSRP difference

 between the serving cell and coordinated cells of a single UE, according to admission tests in labs.

2.6 Evolution of UL CoMP

As UL CoMP evolves, the coordination scope becomes increasingly large. Figure 2-11 tracks

the evolution of UL CoMP with Huawei eNodeBs.

Figure 2-11 Evolution of UL CoMP

The following describes the evolution of UL CoMP features. For a specific version, the ULCoMP capabilities inherited from earlier versions are not presented and only new capabilities

are presented.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

24

Page 31: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 31/169

Evolution of LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP

Table 2-4 Evolution of LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP

eNodeBVersion BBP Model Number ofCellsSupportedby a BBP

ReceiveMode Number ofCells in aCoordinatedSet

eRAN3.0 and

later 

LBBPc, LBBPd1,

LBBPd2, and LBBPd3

3 2R 2

eRAN6.0 and

later 

LBBPd2 and LBBPd3 3 4R 2

LBBPd3 6 (3 cells on

each

frequency)

2R 2

eRAN7.0 and

later 

LBBPd3 6 2R 2

UBBPd3 and UBBPd4 3 2R 2

UBBPd4 and UBBPd5 3 4R 2

UBBPd5 and UBBPd6 6 2R 2

UBBPd6 6 4R 2

eRAN8.1 LBBPd3 6 1R, 2R, or  

1R+2R 

3

LBBPd2, UBBPd3, andUBBPd4

3 1R, 2R, or  1R+2R 

3

UBBPd5, UBBPd6, and

UMDUa3

6 1R, 2R, or  

1R+2R 

3

LBBPd3, UBBPd5,

UMDUa3

6 4R 2

LBBPd1 3 1R or 1R  

+2R 

3

 

NOTE

xR+yR indicates that UL CoMP can be performed in cells with some in xR mode and the others in yR 

mode. x and y indicate the numbers of received antennas in different cells. xR+yR is used only when

cells involved in UL CoMP have different numbers of receive antennas. For example, 1R+2R indicate

that UL CoMP can be performed in cells with some in 1R mode and the others in 2R mode.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

25

Page 32: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 32/169

Evolution of LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II

Table 2-5 Evolution of LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II

eNodeBVersion BBP Model ReceiveMode Number ofCells in aCoordinated Set

Scenario

eRAN7.0 and

later 

LBBPd2, LBBPd3,

UBBPd3, UBBPd4,

UBBPd5, and UBBPd6

2R 2 Inter-BBU

UL CoMP

LBBPd2, LBBPd3,

UBBPd4, UBBPd5, and

UBBPd6

4R 2

eRAN8.1 LBBPd2, LBBPd3,UBBPd3, UBBPd4,

UBBPd5, and UBBPd6

1R, 2R, or 1R+2R 

3

 

Evolution of LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated BBU

Table 2-6 Evolution of LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated BBU

eNodeBVersion

BBP Model ReceiveMode

Number ofCells in aCoordinated Set

Scenario

eRAN7.0 and

later 

LBBPd2, LBBPd3,

UBBPd3, UBBPd4,

UBBPd5, and UBBPd6

2R 2 Inter-BBU

UL CoMP

 based on

coordinated

BBULBBPd2, LBBPd3,

UBBPd4, UBBPd5, and

UBBPd6

4R 2

eRAN8.1 LBBPd2, LBBPd3,

UBBPd3, UBBPd4,UBBPd5, and UBBPd6

1R, 2R,

or 1R+2R 

3

LBBPd2, LBBPd3,

UBBPd4, UBBPd5, and

UBBPd6

4R 2

 

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

26

Page 33: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 33/169

Evolution of LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul

Table 2-7 Evolution of LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul

eNodeBVersion BBP Model Receive Mode Number ofCells in aCoordinatedSet

Scenario

eRAN8.1 LBBPd2 and

LBBPd3

UBBPd3,

UBBPd4,

UBBPd5, and

UBBPd6

2R 3 Inter-BBU UL

CoMP based on

relaxed

 backhaul

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

27

Page 34: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 34/169

3 Technical Description

This chapter describes the technical principles of UL CoMP, mainly the following key

technologies:

l Selection of UL CoMP UEs and coordinated cells

l Joint reception by multiple cells' antennas

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 3 Technical Description

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

28

Page 35: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 35/169

3.1 Basic Process

Figure 3-1 shows the basic process of UL CoMP.

Figure 3-1 Basic process of UL CoMP

The basic process is implemented through the following functions:

l UL CoMP enabling

This function takes effect after the UL CoMP switch is turned on and cell-level

 parameters such as candidate coordinated cell parameters are configured.

l Selection of UL CoMP UEs and coordinated cells

The eNodeB selects UL CoMP UEs and coordinated cells based on event A3

measurement reports, the number of physical resource blocks (PRBs) available for UL

CoMP in the serving cell, and information about PRBs allocated to UEs.

l Joint reception by multiple cells' antennas

The physical layer combines the signals received by the antennas of the serving and

coordinated cells of a UL CoMP UE based on information about the UE and coordinated

cells.

Among these functions, the second and third are key. They are described in 3.2 Selection of 

UL CoMP UEs and Coordinated Cells and 3.3 Joint Reception by Multiple Cells'

Antennas.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 3 Technical Description

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

29

Page 36: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 36/169

3.2 Selection of UL CoMP UEs and Coordinated Cells

Selecting UL CoMP UEs for Macro-Macro or Micro-Micro UL CoMP

Figure 3-2 illustrates the differences in reference signal received power (RSRP) between the

cells of an eNodeB to help understand the process of selecting UL CoMP UEs.

Figure 3-2 RSRP differences between cells

In the figure,

l The coordinates (0, 0) represent the antenna location.

l The horizontal and vertical axes represent the distances of UEs from the antenna (unit:

m).

l Different colors indicate different absolute RSRP differences (unit: dB).

RSRP difference is calculated as follows:

 RSRP difference (dB) = RSRP received from a neighboring cell (dBm)– RSRP received in

the serving cell (dBm)

The color ribbon on the right of the figure shows the mapping between RSRP differences andcolors. For example, the deep blue at the bottom represents an RSRP difference of 0 dB.

UEs in different areas can be selected as different types of UEs:

l UEs in the blue area can be selected as type-1 UEs.

l UEs in the red or yellow areas can be selected as type-2 UEs if they experience

interference from type-1 UEs in the blue area.

Measuring RSRP

RSRP measurement used in UL CoMP is classified into two types:

l Downlink RSRP measurement

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 3 Technical Description

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

30

Page 37: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 37/169

The UE measures the downlink RSRP (DL RSRP) values of the serving cell and

neighboring cells based on event A3 parameters configured on the eNodeB. The UE then

reports the measurements to the eNodeB.

Event A3 in UL CoMP is reported periodically after it is triggered and reported for the

first time. This reporting mode is called event-triggered periodic reporting mode. For details, see section 5.5.4.4 "Event A3 (Neighbour becomes offset better than serving)" in

3GPP TS 36.331 V9.9.0.

In macro-micro scenarios, there is a large difference in downlink CRS transmit power 

 between macro and micro cells. Therefore, the difference in downlink RSRP must be

corrected based on the difference in CRS transmit power so that appropriate UEs can be

selected for UL CoMP.

l Uplink RSRP measurement

The serving cell and neighboring cells of a UE receive SRSs from the UE and measures

the uplink RSRP (UL RSRP) values of these cells.

Selecting Type-1 UEs and Coordinated Cells for Macro-Macro or Micro-Micro ULCoMP

After UL CoMP is enabled:

1. A UE sends UL CoMP A3 measurement reports to the eNodeB when reporting

conditions are met.

2. The eNodeB sorts the reported neighboring cells by RSRP difference in descending

order. Then, it selects coordinated cells for this UE from these neighboring cells in that

order.

3. The eNodeB treats the reporting UE as a type-1 UE when the serving cell has sufficient

PRBs for UL CoMP.

4. The UE sends UL CoMP A3 leaving reports to the eNodeB when leaving conditions are

met.

5. The eNodeB no longer treats the UE as a UL CoMP UE when no coordinated cells can

 be selected from the reported neighboring cells.

NOTE

l The UE sends a UL CoMP A3 measurement report if the signal strength of a neighboring cell minus

a specific UL CoMP A3 offset is greater than that of the serving cell. For details, see 3GPP TS

36.331.

l The UL CoMP A3 offset is specified by the CellUlCompAlgo.UlCompA3Offset  or 

CellUlCompAlgo.UlCompA3OffsetForRelaxedBH  parameter.

l All A3 parameters for UL CoMP except the A3 offset can be configured in the CellMcPara MO.

In some unusual cases, immediately after a UE is handed over from an intra-frequency

neighboring cell, the eNodeB treats this UE as a type-1 UE and treats this cell as a

coordinated cell. The reason is that UL CoMP produces significant gains right after a

coverage-based intra-frequency handover.

Selecting Type-2 UEs and Coordinated Cells for Macro-Macro or Micro-Micro ULCoMP

The selection process is as follows:

1. Once a type-1 UE is identified, the serving cell and neighboring cells exchange the UE'sPRB location information over the Uu interface.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 3 Technical Description

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

31

Page 38: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 38/169

2. The eNodeB treats a UE in a neighboring cell as a type-2 UE when the following

conditions are met:

– The PRB location of this UE overlaps that of the type-1 UE.

– This neighboring cell has enough PRBs for UL CoMP.

3. The eNodeB treats the serving cell of the type-1 UE as a coordinated cell for the type-2

UE.

Selecting Type-1 UEs and Coordinated Cells for Macro-Micro UL CoMP

Selecting UL CoMP UEs and Coordinated Cells for Macro-Micro CoMP Based on Event

A3

Before selecting neighboring micro cells as candidate coordinated cells for a UE in a macro

cell, the eNodeB needs to correct the RSRP differences based on the transmit power of macro

and micro cells. The correction formula is as follows:

RSRP difference after correction = RSRP difference before correction + (Pmacro - Pmicro)

Pmacro denotes the macro cell's transmit power (dBm). Pmicro denotes the micro cell's transmit

 power (dBm).

The selection process is as follows:

1. A UE sends UL CoMP A3 measurement reports to the eNodeB when reporting

conditions are met.

2. The eNodeB creates a coordinated set for this UE:

– The eNodeB corrects the RSRP differences.

– The eNodeB creates an A3-based neighboring cell list. The neighboring cells on

this list must have RSRP differences greater than a specific UL CoMP A3 offset

and come from the coordinated cell list of the serving cell.

– The eNodeB sorts the neighboring cells on the A3-based neighboring cell list by

RSRP difference in descending order and selects coordinated cells for the UE from

these neighboring cells in that order.

3. The eNodeB selects type-1 UEs in the same way as for macro-macro UL CoMP.

Selecting UL CoMP UEs and Coordinated Cells for Macro-Micro CoMP Based on Event

A3 and SRS

1. Use parameters to manually create a list in which the neighboring micro cells of a macro

cell require sounding reference signal (SRS) measurements. Alternatively, enable amacro cell to automatically generate such a list.

In automatic mode, if a neighboring micro cell has treated the macro cell as its

neighboring cell based on handover relationships, the macro cell adds this neighboring

micro cell to the list.

2. The eNodeB creates a coordinated set for a UE:

– The eNodeB first creates an SRS-based neighboring cell list for a UE. The

neighboring cells on this list meet the following conditions:

(1) The RSRP differences between these neighboring cells and the serving cell are

greater than a specific UL CoMP A3 offset. Note that the RSRP values are

calculated based on SRS measurements.

(2) The neighboring cells come from the coordinated cell list of the serving cell.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 3 Technical Description

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

32

Page 39: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 39/169

– The eNodeB then sorts the neighboring cells from the combination of A3-based and

SRS-based neighboring cell lists by RSRP difference in descending order. The

eNodeB selects coordinated cells for this UE from these neighboring cells in that

order to create a coordinated set for the UE.

3. When the serving cell of the UE has enough PRBs for UL CoMP and the A3- or SRS- based neighboring cell list of the UE is not empty, the eNodeB treats the UE as a type-1

UE.

4. When both the A3-based and SRS-based neighboring cell lists of the UE are empty, the

eNodeB no longer treats the UE as a UL CoMP UE.

NOTE

In macro-micro scenarios, the difference in UL RSRP between macro and micro cells may be greater 

than the UL CoMP A3 offset, but the difference in DL RSRP between macro and micro cells may not be

greater than the A3 offset and the UE may not send measurement reports. Therefore, SRS measurement

is introduced for selecting coordinated cells for macro-micro UL CoMP.

When SRS measurement is used for macro-micro UL CoMP, see "Adding SRS Configurations in

HetNet Scenarios" in "Parameter Optimization" for configuration. If the configuration is incorrect, ULCoMP based on UL RSRP cannot take effect.

Selecting Type-1 UEs and Coordinated Cells for UL CoMP in SFN Scenarios

For UL CoMP in SFN scenarios, the eNodeB selects type-1 UEs and coordinated cells based

on both event A3 and SRS.

1. A UE sends UL CoMP A3 measurement reports to the eNodeB when reporting

conditions are met.

2. The eNodeB selects the neighboring cells with RSRP differences greater than a specified

A3 offset from the coordinated cell list.

– If the neighboring cells are non-SFN cells, the eNodeB creates an A3-based

neighboring cell list. The neighboring cells on this list must have RSRP differences

greater than a specific UL CoMP A3 offset and come from the coordinated cell list

of the serving cell.

– If the neighboring cells are SFN cells, the eNodeB creates an SRS-based

neighboring cell list in addition to an A3-based neighboring cell list. The

neighboring cells on the SRS-based list are physical cells. They must have RSRP

differences greater than a specific UL CoMP A3 offset and come from the

coordinated cell list of the serving cell. The RSRP values are obtained based on

SRS measurements.

3. The eNodeB sorts the neighboring cells from the combination of A3-based and SRS- based neighboring cell lists by RSRP difference in descending order and selects

coordinated cells for the UE from these neighboring cells in that order.

NOTE

l If an SFN cell is the serving cell of a UE and its neighboring cells are non-SFN cells, these common

cells can be selected as coordinated cells based on A3 measurement reports. The non-SFN cells do

not require SRS configurations.

l The start SRS subframes must be different between an SFN cell and its neighboring cells (SFN or 

non-SFN cells). The eNodeB can treat a neighboring SFN cell as a coordinated cell for a UE only

when the UE is allocated SRS resource in the start SRS subframe. It is recommended that SRS

configurations be added according to the instructions in the "Parameter Optimization" sections.

lThe procedure for selecting type-2 UEs and coordinated cells in SFN scenarios is the same as that inmacro-macro and micro-micro scenarios.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 3 Technical Description

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

33

Page 40: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 40/169

3.3 Joint Reception by Multiple Cells' Antennas

Joint reception by multiple cells' antennas is similar to joint reception by a single cell's

antennas.

Interference mitigation gains achieved in multiple cells are a main source of gains for UL

CoMP. These gains can be achieved only after the license for LOFD-001012 UL Interference

Rejection Combining is purchased and activated.

Both joint reception by a single cell's antennas and joint reception by multiple cells' antennas

combine signals to improve performance.

The difference between them is that joint reception by multiple cells' antennas reuses existing

antennas and radio frequency (RF) channels, without adding ones to cells. However, it also

 provides lower gains, as the signal power received in each cell varies.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 3 Technical Description

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

34

Page 41: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 41/169

4 Related Features

4.1 Relationships Between UL CoMP Features

Relationships between UL CoMP features are as follows:

l LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II requires LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP.

l LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated BBU requires LOFD-070222 Intra-

eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II.

l LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul requires LOFD-070222 Intra-

eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II.

Figure 4-1 Relationships between UL CoMP features

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 4 Related Features

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

35

Page 42: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 42/169

4.2 Features Related to LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB ULCoMP

Prerequisite Features

The prerequisite feature is LOFD-001012 UL Interference Rejection Combining. This feature

 provides interference mitigation gains, a main source of gains for UL CoMP.

Mutually Exclusive Features

High Speed Mobility and Ultra High Speed Mobility

Rapid changes in channel quality or delay in high or ultra-high speed movement scenarios

have a significant impact on joint reception and signal combining. Therefore, when

LOFD-001007 High Speed Mobility or LOFD-001008 Ultra High Speed Mobility is enabled,

the eNodeB disables UL CoMP, regardless of whether the UL CoMP switch

(CellAlgoSwitch.UplinkCompSwitch) is turned on.

Frequency Hopping

When frequency hopping is enabled (that is, when the CellUlschAlgo.UlHoppingType

 parameter is not set to Hopping_OFF), the eNodeB automatically disables UL CoMP,

regardless of whether the UL CoMP switch is turned on.

Remote Radio Unit

When the distances between remote radio units (RRUs) and the connected BBU are greater 

than 20 km, the transmission delays from the RRUs to the BBP cannot meet the UL CoMPrequirements. In such a case, you need to turn off the UL CoMP switch.

NOTICE

The distances between RRUs and the connected BBU must be less than or equal to 20 km.

Multi-RRU Cell

If the Cell. MultiRruCellMode parameter is set to DIGITAL_COMBINATION, the eNodeB

automatically disables UL CoMP.

SFN Based on Coordinated BBU

l LOFD-081208 Inter-eNodeB SFN Based on Coordinated BBU

l LOFD-081209 Inter-eNodeB adaptive SFN/SDMA Based on Coordinated BBU

UL CoMP is not compatible with these SFN features based on coordinated BBU.

Impacted Features

UL CoMP uses the antennas of multiple cells to receive signals over the PUSCH. Therefore,

UL CoMP benefits all PUSCH-related features without affecting the applications of thesefeatures, for example:

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 4 Related Features

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

36

Page 43: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 43/169

l Transmission time interval (TTI) bundling

l Voice over IP (VoIP)

l Radio access network (RAN) sharing

MU-MIMO

The following multi-user multiple-input multiple-output (MU-MIMO) features are impacted:

l LOFD-001002 UL 2x2 MU-MIMO

l LOFD-001058 UL 2x4 MU-MIMO

For a UE, UL CoMP and MU-MIMO cannot take effect simultaneously although they can be

enabled at the same time. UL CoMP for type-1 UEs has the highest priority, MU-MIMO the

second, and UL CoMP for type-2 UEs the third.

UL ICIC

The following uplink inter-cell interference coordination (UL ICIC) features are impacted:

l LBFD-00202202 Uplink Static Inter-Cell Interference Coordination

l LOFD-00101402 Uplink Dynamic Inter-Cell Interference Coordination

UL ICIC allocates different frequency bands to CEUs to reduce inter-cell interference.

Therefore, when UL ICIC is enabled, UL CoMP cannot provide high interference mitigation

gains for CEUs. However, the total gains provided by UL ICIC and UL CoMP are higher than

the gains provided by only UL ICIC or UL CoMP.

Carrier Aggregation

The following CA features are impacted:

lLAOFD-001001 LTE-A Introduction

l LAOFD-001002 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 2CC in 40MHz

l LAOFD-070201 Flexible CA from Multiple Carriers

l LAOFD-080202 Carrier Aggregation for Uplink 2CC [Trial]

For a 4R cell, these carrier aggregation (CA) features and UL CoMP can be enabled

simultaneously. For a UE, however, these CA features and UL CoMP cannot take effect

simultaneously, and the CA features will take precedence over UL CoMP.

If LAOFD-080202 Carrier Aggregation for Uplink 2CC [Trial] is enabled, the uplink SCell of 

a UE will not be selected for UL CoMP.

SFNThe following SFN features are impacted:

l LOFD-003029 SFN

l LOFD-070205 Adaptive SFN/SDMA

When UL CoMP works with SFN and a local cell has neighboring SFN cells, the eNodeB

selects UL CoMP UEs and coordinated cells based on SRS measurements. SRS resources in

SFN cells are preferentially allocated to UEs for SFN-related measurement so that the

eNodeB can select target RF modules and determine UE attributes. If there are too many UEs

in SFN cells, SRS resources may be insufficient and the number of UL CoMP UEs may be

less than that in UL CoMP between non-SFN cells.

CAMC

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 4 Related Features

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

37

Page 44: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 44/169

The impacted feature is LOFD-081206 Intra-eNodeB Coordinated Uplink AMC.

The UL CoMP switch settings for all cells in a coordinated adaptive modulation and coding

(CAMC) set must be the same. If the UL CoMP switch settings are changed for some of the

cells, the CAMC set will change, which affects CAMC performance.

When UL CoMP is disabled, the CAMC A3 offset is determined by the

CellUlSchAlgo.UlCamcDlRsrpOffset  parameter setting. When UL CoMP is enabled, the

CAMC A3 offset is equal to the UL CoMP A3 offset and the

CellUlSchAlgo.UlCamcDlRsrpOffset  parameter does not take effect. If the UL CoMP A3

offset is different from the CAMC A3 offset, the interference measurement set will change,

which affects CAMC performance. Therefore, it is recommended that the UL CoMP A3

offset be equal to the CAMC A3 offset.

Other Features

The other impacted features include A3-related features, which share all A3 parameters

except the A3 offset with UL CoMP. The A3-related features include ICIC, adaptive ICIC

(aICIC), enhanced (eICIC), and GSM and LTE FDD Dynamic Spectrum Sharing (GLDSS).The shared A3 parameters are as follows:

l CellMcPara. Hysteresis

l CellMcPara.TriggerQuantity

l CellMcPara. ReportQuantity

l CellMcPara.TimeToTrigger 

l CellMcPara. ReportInterval 

l CellMcPara. ReportAmount 

Any changes in the values of these parameters affect both the A3-related features and UL

CoMP.

4.3 Features Related to LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB ULCoMP Phase II

Prerequisite Features

LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II requires LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP and takes effect only when both features are enabled.

The other prerequisite features are the same as those of LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB ULCoMP.

Mutually Exclusive Features

This feature is mutually exclusive with MRFD-090202 GSM and LTE FDD Dynamic

Spectrum Sharing(LTE FDD).

The other features mutually exclusive with this feature are the same as those for 

LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP.

Impacted Features

The following CA features are impacted:

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 4 Related Features

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

38

Page 45: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 45/169

l LAOFD-001001 LTE-A Introduction

l LAOFD-001002 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 2CC in 40MHz

l LAOFD-070201 Flexible CA from Multiple Carriers

l LAOFD-080202 Carrier Aggregation for Uplink 2CC [Trial]

For a 4R cell, these CA features and UL CoMP can be enabled simultaneously. For a UE,

however, these CA features and UL CoMP cannot take effect simultaneously, and the CA

features will take precedence over UL CoMP.

If LAOFD-080202 Carrier Aggregation for Uplink 2CC [Trial] is enabled, the uplink SCell of 

a UE will not be selected for UL CoMP.

LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II shares the intra-BBU inter-BBP

transmission bandwidth with these CA features. When the transmission bandwidth is limited,

any feature that fails to obtain bandwidth resources cannot take effect.

The other impacted features are the same as those of LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP.

4.4 Features Related to LOFD-070223 UL CoMP based onCoordinated BBU

Prerequisite Features

The prerequisite features include LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP and LOFD-070222

Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II. LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated BBU

takes effect only when this feature and the prerequisite features are all enabled.

The other prerequisite features are the same as those of LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP.

Mutually Exclusive Features

The features mutually exclusive with this feature are the same as those for LOFD-070222

Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II.

Impacted Features

The following CA features are impacted:

l LAOFD-001001 LTE-A Introduction

l LAOFD-001002 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 2CC in 40MHz

l LAOFD-070201 Flexible CA from Multiple Carriers

l LAOFD-080202 Carrier Aggregation for Uplink 2CC [Trial]

For a 4R cell, the CA feature and UL CoMP can be enabled simultaneously. For a UE,

however, these features cannot take effect simultaneously, and the CA feature will take

 precedence over UL CoMP.

If LAOFD-080202 Carrier Aggregation for Uplink 2CC [Trial] is enabled, the uplink 

SCell of a UE will not be selected for UL CoMP.

l LAOFD-070202 Carrier Aggregation for 2CC based on Coordinated BBU

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 4 Related Features

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

39

Page 46: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 46/169

This feature shares inter-BBU transmission bandwidth with LOFD-070223 UL CoMP

Based on Coordinated BBU. When the transmission bandwidth is limited, any feature

that fails to obtain bandwidth resources cannot take effect.

The other impacted features are the same as those of LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP.

4.5 Features Related to LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based onRelaxed Backhaul

Prerequisite Features

LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul requires the following features:

l LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP

l LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II

l LOFD-001048 TTI Bundling

NOTE

LOFD-001048 TTI bundling uses the retransmission interval 16 TTIs in the hybrid automatic

repeat request (HARQ) mechanism to better adapt to transmission delays induced by relaxed

 backhaul networks.

LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul takes effect only when this feature and

all its prerequisite features are enabled.

The other prerequisite features are the same as those of LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP.

Mutually Exclusive Features

The features mutually exclusive with this feature are the same as those for LOFD-070223 UL

CoMP Based on Coordinated BBU.

Impacted Features

The following CA features are impacted:

l LAOFD-001001 LTE-A Introduction

l LAOFD-001002 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 2CC in 40MHz

l LAOFD-070201 Flexible CA from Multiple Carriers

l LAOFD-080202 Carrier Aggregation for Uplink 2CC [Trial]

l LAOFD-080201 Inter-eNodeB CA based on Relaxed backhaul

For a cell, these CA features can be enabled together with LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on

Relaxed Backhaul. For a CA UE, cells that are connected through a relaxed backhaul network 

are not selected as coordinated cells for UL CoMP.

eX2 QoS Handling Mechanism

When the eNodeB detects that transport queues on an eX2 interface are congested, it triggers

 back pressure on traffic related to inter-BBU UL CoMP based on relaxed backhaul on the eX2interface in question or it triggers a removal of coordinated cells connected through the eX2

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 4 Related Features

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

40

Page 47: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 47/169

interface. As the number of coordinated cells decreases, the data rates of UL CoMP UEs may

also decrease.

When the eNodeB detects that the congestion is relieved, it either stops the back pressure or 

restores the coordinated cells.

When the eNodeB detects that the transport resource is overloaded, it triggers a removal of 

the eX2 interface and the coordinated cells connected through the eX2 interface.

SFN

The following SFN features are impacted:

l LOFD 003029 SFN

l LOFD-070205 Adaptive SFN/SDMA

These SFN features can be enabled together with LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed

Backhaul. However, UL CoMP cannot be performed in an SFN cell and another cell that are

connected through a relaxed backhaul network.

The other impacted features are the same as those of LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 4 Related Features

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

41

Page 48: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 48/169

5 Network Impact

5.1 LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP

System Capacity

This feature effectively increases the average uplink throughput for UL CoMP UEs and

further increases the average uplink throughput for both CEUs and cells.

Network Performance

This feature improves MCSs for UL CoMP UEs, reduces the number of transport blocks

(TBs) erroneously transmitted in the initial uplink transmission, and effectively increases theaverage uplink throughput for both CEUs and cells. As the average CEU uplink throughput

increases, this feature enhances uplink coverage.

In long inter-RRU distance scenarios (for example, in suburban and rural areas), the

interference from neighboring cells is weak and therefore this feature does not provide high

interference mitigation gains.

5.2 LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II

System Capacity

This feature provides a larger coordination scope (from intra-BBP cells to intra-BBU inter-

BBP cells) than that provided by LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP. This results in an

increased average uplink throughput for both intra-BBU inter-BBP cells and CEUs.

Network Performance

This feature has the same impacts on network performance as LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 5 Network Impact

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

42

Page 49: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 49/169

5.3 LOFD-070223 UL CoMP based on Coordinated BBU

System Capacity

This feature increases the average uplink throughput for both inter-BBU cells and CEUs.

This feature expands coordination scope. It supports 3-cell UL CoMP in centralized,

distributed, or centralized+distributed Cloud BB scenarios and therefore further increases the

average uplink throughput for both cells and CEUs.

Network Performance

This feature has the same impacts on network performance as LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP.

5.4 LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul

System Capacity

This feature can be used when transmission performance is affected by transmission delay and

 bandwidth. This feature has no impact on system capacity.

Network Performance

Together with TTI bundling (which is mainly used for voice services), this feature reduces the

number of uplink TBs erroneously transmitted during the initial transmission and decreases

the packet loss rate, thereby improving voice quality.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 5 Network Impact

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

43

Page 50: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 50/169

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066

Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP

6.1 When to Use LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP

When the inter-RRU distance is not greater than 1000 m in urban areas, LOFD-001066 Intra-

eNodeB UL CoMP is recommended because this feature effectively increases the average

uplink throughput for intra-BBP cells and CEUs. In addition:

l In suburban, rural, and other areas where the inter-RRU distance is large, this feature is

not recommended.

l You are advised to optimize parameter settings by referring to the "Parameter 

Optimization" section to reduce the impact of signaling processing for event A3

measurement reporting in one of the following situations:

– The uplink or downlink PRB usage is greater than 90%.

– The control channel element (CCE) usage is greater than 80%.

– The central processing unit (CPU) usage is greater than 80%.

l If there is intermodulation interference, solve this problem before using this feature.

l If the difference in cell-specific reference signal (CRS) transmit power between macro

and micro cells is greater than or equal to 6 dB, it is recommended that macro-micro UL

CoMP based on SRS measurement be used.

lWhen both SFN and UL CoMP are enabled, the start SRS subframe of the SFN cell must be different from those of its neighboring cells (common or SFN cells). The eNodeB can

select a neighboring SFN cell to serve as a coordinated cell for a UE only when the UE is

allocated SRS resource in the start SRS subframe.

6.2 Required Information

See 6.4.1 Requirements.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

44

Page 51: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 51/169

6.3 Planning 

RF Planning 

 N/A

Network Planning 

For intra-frequency cells covered by antennas installed on the same pole or tower, it is

recommended that these cells be set up on the same BBP.

NOTE

When the BBP is restarted or reset, the cells are reestablished. The deployment information for these

cells may change and the coordinated cell lists may also change. These changes will affect the

 performance of UL CoMP.

Hardware Planning 

For details about the requirements for the BBP models in different UL CoMP scenarios, see

2.6 Evolution of UL CoMP.

6.4 Deployment

6.4.1 Requirements

Operating Environment

The following table describes the requirements for the operating environment.

Table 6-1 Requirements for the operating environment

Information toBe Collected

Requirements

eNodeB type Macro eNodeBs

RRU model If the LBBPc is used and the cells are configured for UL CoMP, theRRUs must have the same model.

Macro-micro and micro-micro UL CoMP in eRAN8.1 allows micro

cells to be low power nodes (LPNs), for example, RRU3220E.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

45

Page 52: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 52/169

Information toBe Collected

Requirements

BBP model The BBP can be an LBBPc, LBBPd1, LBBPd2, LBBPd3, UBBPd3,

UBBPd4, UBBPd5, UBBPd6, or UMDUa3.

As the LBBPc processing capability is limited:

l When the cell bandwidth is 10 MHz or less, the LBBPc, LBBPd, or 

UBBPd can be used.

l When the cell bandwidth is greater than 10 MHz, the LBBPd or 

UBBPd can be used. If the LBBPc is used, the gains provided by UL

CoMP may be low.

 Number of cells UL CoMP requires that at least two intra-frequency cells be set up on

the same BBP. If UL CoMP is enabled in only one cell, it will not take

effect.

If more than three cells are established on an LBBPc, all cells on theLBBPc cannot use UL CoMP.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

46

Page 53: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 53/169

Information toBe Collected

Requirements

Cell

configuration

l The cells involved in intra-BBP UL CoMP must have the same

frequency, bandwidth, and cyclic prefix (CP) type. These cells can

 be all in 1R, 2R, or 4R mode; or some in 1R mode and the others in

2R mode. The corresponding UL CoMP is also called 1R, 2R, 4R 

and 1R+2R UL CoMP. Inter-BBP cells cannot perform UL CoMP.

l If a geographically adjacent cell of a local cell is an intra-BBP SFN

cell, the two cells must be configured with intra-frequency neighbor 

relationships for handovers.

l Intra-BBP cells must have different physical cell identifiers (PCIs).

l An LBBPc, LBBPd1, LBBPd2, LBBPd3, UBBPd3, UBBPd4, or 

UBBPd5 can be used to support three 2R cells each with a

 bandwidth of 20, 15, 10, 5, 3, or 1.4 MHz.

l An LBBPd3 or UBBPd5 can be used to support six 2R cells eachwith a bandwidth of 20, 15, 10, 5, 3, or 1.4 MHz.

l An LBBPd2, LBBPd3, UBBPd4, or UBBPd5 can be used to support

three 4R cells each with a bandwidth of 20, 15, 10, 5, 3, or 1.4 MHz.

l An LBBPd3 can be used to support six 2R or 4R cells each with a

 bandwidth of 20, 15, 10, 5, 3, or 1.4 MHz.

l A UBBPd5 or UBBPd6 can be used to support six 2R or 4R cells

each with a bandwidth of 20, 15, 10, 5, 3, or 1.4 MHz.

l An LBBPd1, LBBPd2, LBBPd3, UBBPd3, UBBPd4, UBBPd5,

UBBPd6, or UMDUa3 can be used to support 1R or 1R+2R UL

CoMP.

NOTE

l 4R UL CoMP can be performed in only two cells. It requires that the UE be a

type-1 UE, the modulation scheme be quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK)

or 16 Quadrature Amplitude Modulation (16QAM), and the networking

mode be any Cloud BB mode other than distributed Cloud BB.

l The capabilities of UMDUa3 and UBBPd6 to support UL CoMP are the

same as those of UBBPd5 and therefore are not described here.

l The LBBPc does not support the selection of coordinated cells for macro-

micro UL CoMP based on SRS measurement. That is, even when

UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch is turned on, the LBBPc cannot select

coordinated cells for macro-micro UL CoMP based on UL RSRP.

Inter-RRUdistance

It is recommended that UL CoMP be used only when the distance between the RRUs of the serving cell and coordinated cells is not

greater than 1000 m.

 

NOTE

l The CellAlgoSwitch.UlJRAntNumCombSw parameter settings of the serving cell and coordinated

cells must be matched. For example, to enable 1R+2R UL CoMP, turn on the Ul1R2RJRSwitch for 

 both 1R and 2R cells.

l  Note that 2R UL CoMP and 4R UL CoMP are supported by default, without additional parameter 

settings.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

47

Page 54: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 54/169

Transmission Networking 

 None

License

The operator has purchased and activated the license for the feature listed in the following

table.

Feature ID FeatureName

Model LicenseControl Item

NetworkElement(NE)

Sales Unit

LOFD-00106

6

Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

LT1S0IU

LCP00

Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP(FDD)

eNodeB per cell

 

This license for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP controls UL CoMP in 2R or 4R 

cells, depending on the number of receive antennas in the cells.

The maximum number of cells that can implement LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP is

subject to the licensed number. If the number of cells for which the feature is to be enabled is

greater than the licensed number, this feature can be enabled only for the licensed number of 

cells.

Other Features

For details, see 4.2 Features Related to LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP.

6.4.2 Data Preparation

This section describes the data that you need to collect for setting parameters. Required data is

data that you must collect for all scenarios. Collect scenario-specific data when necessary for 

a specific feature deployment scenario.

There are three types of data sources:

l  Network plan (negotiation not required): parameter values planned and set by the

operator l  Network plan (negotiation required): parameter values planned by the operator and

negotiated with the evolved packet core (EPC) or peer transmission equipment

l User-defined: parameter values set by users

Required Data

The following table describes the parameters that must be set in a BaseBandEqm MO to

configure baseband equipment information.

Suggestion: For cells that are served by RRUs installed on the same pole or tower, configure

them on the same BBP.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

48

Page 55: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 55/169

Table 6-2 Parameters related to baseband equipment

Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes

Baseband

Equipment ID

BASEBANDEQM. B

 ASEBANDEQMID

 Network plan

(negotiation notrequired)

 None

Baseband

Equipment Type

BASEBANDEQM. B

 ASEBANDEQMTYP 

 E 

 Network plan

(negotiation not

required)

Set this parameter to

ULDL.

UMTS UL

Demodulation Mode

BASEBANDEQM.U 

 MTSDEMMODE 

 Network plan

(negotiation not

required)

Set this parameter to

NULL.

Cabinet No. of 

Process Unit n

CNn  Network plan

(negotiation not

required)

n indicates the

cabinet number of 

the BBP, rangingfrom 0 to 7.

Subrack No. of 

Process Unit n

SRNn  Network plan

(negotiation not

required)

n indicates the

subrack number of 

the BBP, ranging

from 0 to 1.

Slot No. of Process

Unit n

SNn  Network plan

(negotiation not

required)

n indicates the slot

number of the BBP,

ranging from 0 to 5.

 

The following table describes the parameters that must be set in an eUCellSectorEqm MO to

configure a set of sector equipment for a cell.

It is recommended that intra-frequency cells that are served by RRUs installed on the same

 pole or tower be configured on the same BBP.

Table 6-3 Parameters related to sector equipment for a cell

Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes

Local cell ID eUCellSectorEqm.

 LocalCellId 

 Network plan

(negotiation not

required)

 None

Sector equipment ID eUCellSectorEqm.

 SectorEqmId 

 Network plan

(negotiation not

required)

 None

Reference signal

 power 

eUCellSectorEqm.

 ReferenceSignalPw

 Network plan

(negotiation not

required)

 None

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

49

Page 56: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 56/169

Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes

Baseband equipment

ID

eUCellSectorEqm.

 BaseBandEqmId 

 Network plan

(negotiation not

required)

 None

 

Scenario-specific Data

In addition to required data, scenario-specific data also needs to be configured.

1. The following table describes parameter that must be set in the CellAlgoSwitch MO to

configure a UL CoMP switch.

Parameter Name

ParameterID

Data Source Setting Notes

UplinkCo

mpSwitch

CellAlgoSwi

tch.UplinkC 

ompSwitch

 Network plan

(negotiation

not required)

This parameter specifies whether to

enable UL CoMP for a cell.

Default value:

l UlJointReceptionSwitch:Off 

l UlJointReception3CellSwitch:Off 

Recommended value:

l UlJointReceptionSwitch:On

l UlJointReception3CellSwitch:On

Additional setting notes for macro-

micro scenarios:

Default value:

l UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch:Off 

l UlHetnetCompManualCo-

CellSw:Off 

l UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw:Off 

Recommended value:

l UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch:On

l UlHetnetCompManualCo-

CellSw:Off l UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw:On

(when the difference in CRS

transmit power between macro and

micro cells is greater than or equal

to 6 dB and the micro cell is a

common cell)

 

2. The following table describes the parameter that must be set in the CellAlgoSwitch MO

to configure an IRC switch.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

50

Page 57: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 57/169

Parameter Name

ParameterID

DataSource

Setting Notes

PUSCH

IRC

algorithm

switch

CellAlgoSwi

tch. PuschIrc

 AlgoSwitch

 Network plan

(negotiation

not required)

This parameter specifies a PUSCH IRC

algorithm.

The MrcIrcAdptSwitch option

specifies whether to enable adaptive

switching between MRC and IRC:

l Default value:

MrcIrcAdptSwitch:On

l Recommended value:

MrcIrcAdptSwitch:On

 

3. The following table describes the parameter that must be set in a CellUlCompAlgo MO

to configure a UL CoMP A3 offset.ParameterName

ParameterID

DataSource

Setting Notes

UlCompA3

Offset

CellUlCom

pAlgo.UlCo

mpA3Offset 

 Network plan

(negotiation

not required)

This parameter specifies a UL CoMP

A3 offset. The value range is from -30

to +30, with a unit of 0.5 dB.

Default value: -20.

Recommended value: -20

 

4. The following table describes the parameter that must be set in a CellAlgoSwitch MO toconfigure a combination of cell RX modes.

ParameterName

ParameterID

DataSource

Setting Notes

UL JR 

Antenna

 Number 

Combined

Switch

CellAlgoSw

itch.UlJRA

ntNumCom

bSw

 Network plan

(negotiation

not required)

This parameter specifies a combination

of receive modes for UL CoMP.

Default value:

l Ul1R1RJRSwitch:Off 

l Ul1R2RJRSwitch:Off 

Recommended value:l Ul1R1RJRSwitch:Off 

l Ul1R2RJRSwitch:Off 

 

NOTE

2R UL CoMP and 4R UL CoMP are supported by default after the UL CoMP switch is turned on.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

51

Page 58: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 58/169

6.4.3 Precautions

For intra-frequency cells covered by antennas installed on the same pole or tower, it is

recommended that these cells be configured on the same BBP by referring to Scenario-

specific Data.

6.4.4 Hardware Adjustment

If the LBBPc is used, the cells to be selected for UL CoMP must be served by the same model

of RRUs.

6.4.5 Activation

6.4.5.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly DeployedeNodeBs

Enter the values of the parameters listed in the following table in a summary data file, which

also contains other data for the new eNodeBs to be deployed. Then, import the summary data

file into the Configuration Management Express (CME) for batch configuration. For detailed

instructions, see "Creating eNodeBs in Batches" in the initial configuration guide for the

eNodeB, which is available in the eNodeB product documentation.

The summary data file may be a scenario-specific file provided by the CME or a customized

file, depending on the following conditions:

l The MOs in the following table are contained in a scenario-specific summary data file.

In this situation, set the parameters in the MOs, and then verify and save the file.

l Some MOs in the following table are not contained in a scenario-specific summary data

file. In this situation, customize a summary data file to include the MOs before you can

set the parameters.

Table 6-4 Parameters related to activation of this feature

MO Sheet in theSummary Data File

Parameter Group Remarks

CellUlCompAl

go

eNodeB Radio Data LocalCellId,

UlCompA3Offset

For parameter 

setting notes,

see 6.4.2 Data

Preparation.CellAlgoSwitc

h

eNodeB Radio Data LocalCellId,

UplinkCompSwitch,PuschIrcAlgoSwitch,

UlJRAntNumCombSw

 

6.4.5.2 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Existing eNodeBs

Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to activate a feature on

existing eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for 

multiple eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure is as follows:

Step 1 Customize a summary data file with the MOs and parameters listed in section "Using theCME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs." For online help, press

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

52

Page 59: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 59/169

F1 when a CME window is active, and select Managing the CME > CME Guidelines >

LTE Application Management > eNodeB Related Operations > Customizing a Summary

Data File for Batch eNodeB Configuration.

Step 2 Choose CME > LTE Application > Export Data > Export Base Station Bulk 

Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Export Data >Export Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to export the eNodeB

data stored on the CME into the customized summary data file.

Step 3 In the summary data file, set the parameters in the MOs according to the setting notes

 provided in section "Data Preparation" and close the file.

Step 4 Choose CME > LTE Application > Import Data > Import Base Station Bulk 

Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Import Data >

Import Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to import the summary

data file into the CME, and then start the data verification.

Step 5 After data verification is complete, choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental

Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose Area Management > Planned Area > ExportIncremental Scripts (CME client mode), to export and activate the incremental scripts. For 

detailed operations, see Managing the CME > CME Guidelines > Script File Management

> Exporting Incremental Scripts from a Planned Data Area in the CME online help.

----End

6.4.5.3 Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration

On the CME, set the parameters listed in the "Data Preparation" section for a single eNodeB.

The procedure is as follows:

Step 1 In the planned data area, click Base Station in the upper left corner of the configurationwindow.

Step 2 In area 1 shown in Figure 6-1, select the eNodeB to which the MOs belong.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

53

Page 60: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 60/169

Figure 6-1 MO search and configuration window

NOTE

l To view descriptions of the parameters in the MO, click in area 4 and press F1.

lArea 5 displays the details of a selected area-4 entry in vertical format. Click the "Details" button toshow or hide this area.

Step 3 On the Search tab page in area 2, enter an MO name, for example, CELL.

Step 4 In area 3, double-click the MO in the Object Name column. All parameters in this MO are

displayed in area 4.

Step 5 Set the parameters in area 4 or 5.

Step 6 Choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (U2000 client mode), or 

choose Area Management > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (CME client

mode), to export and activate the incremental scripts.

----End

6.4.5.4 Using MML Commands

MML Commands

The activation procedure for intra-BBP UL CoMP is as follows:

Step 1 Run the MOD CELLULCOMPALGO command to set a UL CoMP A3 offset.

MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3Offset=-20;

NOTE

The default value is recommended.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

54

Page 61: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 61/169

Step 2 To activate this feature, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the

UlJointReceptionSwitch for each cell involved.

l Macro-macro or micro-micro 2-cell UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1;

l Macro-micro 2-cell UL CoMP

To activate macro-micro UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to set

the UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch, UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw , and

UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw for all macro and micro cells involved.

When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is less than 6 dB

or the micro cell is an SFN cell, run the following command:

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetC

ompManualNcellCfgSw-0;

When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is greater than or 

equal to 6 dB and the micro cell is a common cell, run the following command:MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetC

ompManualNcellCfgSw-0&UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-1;

To enable manual configuration of to-be measured neighboring cells in macro-micro scenarios

when the UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw  switch is on, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

command to turn on the corresponding switch and run the MOD

EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL  command to set the relationships between intra-frequency

macro and micro cells.

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-1;

MOD EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL: LocalCellId=0, Mcc="510", Mnc="990", eNodeBId=20043,

CellId=2, AttachCellSwitch=ON;

Step 3 To activate 3-cell UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to set the

UlJointReceptionSwitch and UlJointReception3CellSwitch for each cell involved.

l Macro-macro or micro-micro 3-cell UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReception3CellSwitch-1;

l Macro-micro 3-cell UL CoMP

To activate macro-micro 3-cell UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command

to set the UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch, UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw , and

UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw for all macro and micro cells involved.

When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is less than 6 dB

or the micro cell is an SFN cell, run the following command:

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReception3CellSwitch-1&UlHetnetJo

intReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-0;

When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is greater than or 

equal to 6 dB and the micro cell is a common cell, run the following command:

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReception3CellSwitch-1&UlHetnetJo

intReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-0&UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-1;

To enable manual configuration of to-be measured neighboring cells in macro-micro scenarioswhen the UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw  switch is on, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

55

Page 62: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 62/169

command to turn on the corresponding switch and run the MOD

EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL  command to set the relationships between intra-frequency

macro and micro cells.

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-1;MOD EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL: LocalCellId=0, Mcc="510", Mnc="990", eNodeBId=20043,

CellId=2, AttachCellSwitch=ON;

Step 4 To activate 1R UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the

Ul1R1RJRSwitch for each cell involved.

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-1;

Step 5 To activate 1R+2R UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the

Ul1R2RJRSwitch for each cell involved.

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-1;

Step 6 If the license for LOFD-001012 UL Interference Rejection Combining has been purchased

and activated, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the

MrcIrcAdptSwitch for each cell involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;

----End

MML Command Examples

NOTE

The commands for activating UL CoMP need to be executed for each cell involved. The following uses

the configuration of one cell as an example.

1. Macro-macro or micro-micro 2-cell UL CoMP

MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3Offset=-20;MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1;

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;

//Activating 1R UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-1;

//Activating 1R+2R UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-1;

2. Macro-micro 2-cell UL CoMP

MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3Offset=-20;

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;

//When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is less than 6 dB

or the micro cell is an SFN cell, run the following command:

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetC

ompManualNcellCfgSw-0;

//When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is greater than

or equal to 6 dB and the micro cell is a common cell, run the following command:

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetC

ompManualNcellCfgSw-0&UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-1;

//Enabling manual configuration of to-be-measured neighboring cells in macro-microscenarios when the UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw  switch is on

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

56

Page 63: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 63/169

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-1;

MOD EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL: LocalCellId=0, Mcc="510", Mnc="990", eNodeBId=20043,

CellId=2, AttachCellSwitch=ON;

//Activating 1R UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-1;

//Activating 1R+2R UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-1;

3. Macro-macro or micro-micro 3-cell UL CoMP

MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3Offset=-20;

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReception3CellSwitch-1;

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;

//Activating 1R UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-1;

//Activating 1R+2R UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-1;

4. Macro-micro 3-cell UL CoMP

MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3Offset=-20;

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;

//When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is less than 6 dB

or the micro cell is an SFN cell, run the following command:

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReception3CellSwitch-1&UlHetnetJo

intReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-0;

//When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is greater than

or equal to 6 dB and the micro cell is a common cell, run the following command:

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReception3CellSwitch-1&UlHetnetJo

intReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-0&UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-1;

//Enabling manual configuration of to-be-measured neighboring cells in macro-micro

scenarios when the UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw  switch is on

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-1;

MOD EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL: LocalCellId=0, Mcc="510", Mnc="990", eNodeBId=20043,

CellId=2, AttachCellSwitch=ON;

//Activating 1R UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-1;

//Activating 1R+2R UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-1;

6.4.6 Activation Observation

The following table describes the activation observation methods.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

57

Page 64: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 64/169

Table 6-5 Activation observation methods

Method Procedure Result Reference

Use MML

commands.

Run the DSP

CELLULCOMPCLUSTER command to query the

observation results.

If there is a cell in the

coordinated cell list,the feature has been

activated.

6.4.6.1 Using

MMLCommands

Use

signaling.

Create a Uu interface tracing

task and check whether the

eNodeB delivers a UL CoMP

A3 measurement configuration

after a UE accesses the

network.

If the eNodeB delivers

the measurement

configuration, the

feature has been

activated.

6.4.6.2 Using

Signaling

Query the

number of 

UL CoMP

UEs in a cell

on the

U2000

client.

On the U2000 client, create a

cell-level UL CoMP

monitoring task and query the

number of UL CoMP UEs in a

cell.

If the number of UL

CoMP UEs is not 0,

the feature has been

activated.

6.4.6.3

Querying the

Number of UL

CoMP UEs in

a Cell on the

U2000 Client

Query the

UL CoMP

status of 

UEs on the

U2000

client.

On the U2000 client, create a

UE-level UL CoMP

monitoring task and query the

UL CoMP status of UEs.

If the UEs are CoMP

UEs, the feature has

 been activated.

6.4.6.4

Querying the

UL CoMP

Status of UEs

on the U2000

Client

Use

counters.

Query the values of 

L.ULCoMP.User.Avg (ID:

1526728338),

L.ULCoMP.User.Max (ID:

1526728339), and

L.ULCoMP.RB (ID:

1526728340).

If any of the counter 

values is not 0, the

feature has been

activated.

6.4.6.5 Using

Counters

 

6.4.6.1 Using MML Commands

Run the DSP CELLULCOMPCLUSTER  command to query the coordinated cell list of one

cell or the coordinated cell lists of all cells of the eNodeB. The command output contains the

eNodeB IDs and local cell IDs of coordinated cells. If the coordinated cell list is not empty,

the feature has been activated.

6.4.6.2 Using Signaling 

This method applies only to type-1 UEs. If all A3-based features except UL CoMP are

disabled, you can determine whether this feature has been activated by observing the

signaling.

Step 1 Enable a UE to access a cell. Search Figure 6-2 for the RRC_CONN_RECFG message.Double-click the message to see the UL CoMP A3 measurement configuration delivered by

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

58

Page 65: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 65/169

the eNodeB, as shown in Figure 6-3. If the A3 offset in the message is consistent with the

UlCompA3Offset parameter value, the feature has been activated.

Figure 6-2 Uu tracing results

Figure 6-3 UL CoMP A3 offset

Step 2 Move the UE to the overlapping area between intra-BBP cells. Alternatively, simulate the

signal quality at the cell edge by adjusting an attenuator. The UE sends an event A3

measurement report to the eNodeB. The eNodeB determines that this cell is at the cell edge

 based on the A3 report and selects this UE as a CoMP UE. The eNodeB selects an intra-BBP

neighboring cell with the highest signal strength among the reported cells and treats this cell

as a coordinated cell.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

59

Page 66: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 66/169

Figure 6-4 UL CoMP A3 measurement report

Figure 6-5 UL CoMP A3 measurements

Step 3 Use the UE to perform uplink FTP services, and check the uplink throughput. If the uplink 

throughput is higher than that before feature activation, the feature takes effect as expected.

----End

6.4.6.3 Querying the Number of UL CoMP UEs in a Cell on the U2000 Client

If the query result shows that the number of UL CoMP UEs is not 0, the feature has been

activated.

The activation observation procedure is as follows:

Step 1 On the U2000 client, choose Monitor > Signaling Trace > Signaling Trace Management.

Step 2 On the Signaling Trace Management tab page, choose Trace Type > LTE > Cell

Performance Monitoring, and then double-click UL CoMP (Cell) Monitoring.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

60

Page 67: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 67/169

Figure 6-6 UL CoMP (Cell) Monitoring

Step 3 Enter a task name in the Trace Name text box, select an eNodeB to be monitored, and then

click Next.

Figure 6-7 Setting basic information

Step 4 Enter the local cell ID, and then click Finish.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

61

Page 68: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 68/169

Figure 6-8 Entering the local cell ID

Step 5 Double-click the task in the running state.

Figure 6-9 Observing the monitoring task status

Step 6 Observe the number of UL CoMP UEs in the cell. The following figure shows that there is a

type-2 UE in the cell.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

62

Page 69: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 69/169

Figure 6-10 Observing the number of UL CoMP UEs in the cell

Step 7 Observe the number of different types of UL CoMP UEs in the figure above. For the

definitions of type-1 and type-1 UEs, see UL CoMP UE. The following lists the monitoring

items:

l UL CoMP Users Num of Scenario 1: Number of UEs that are selected as only type-1

UEs during a sampling period

l UL CoMP Users Num of Scenario 2: Number of UEs that are selected as only type-2

UEs during a sampling periodl UL CoMP Users Num of 3 Sectors Scenario: Number of type-1 and type-2 UEs for 

which only 3-cell UL CoMP has been performed during a sampling period

l UL CoMP Users Num of mixed Scenario: Number of UEs that are selected as both

type-1 and type-2 UEs during a sampling period

A UE for which 3-cell UL CoMP has been performed is not only counted in the item UL

CoMP Users Num of 3 Sectors Scenario but also counted in other corresponding items

l Hetnet UL CoMP Users Num of Scenario 1: Num ber of UEs that are selected as only

type-1 UEs and have at least one coordinated cell being a low power node (LPN) during

a sampling period

lHetnet UL CoMP Users Num of Scenario 2: Number of UEs that are selected as onlytype-2 UEs and have at least one coordinated cell being an LPN during a sampling

 period

l Hetnet UL CoMP Users Num of mixed Scenario: Number of UEs that are selected as

 both type-1 and type-2 UEs and have at least one coordinated cell being a low power 

node (LPN) during a sampling period

----End

6.4.6.4 Querying the UL CoMP Status of UEs on the U2000 Client

If the query result shows that there are UL CoMP UEs, the feature has been activated.

The activation observation procedure is as follows:

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

63

Page 70: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 70/169

Step 1 On the U2000 client, choose Monitor > Signaling Trace > Signaling Trace Management.

Step 2 On the Signaling Trace Management tab page, choose Trace Type > LTE > User

Performance Monitoring, and then double-click UL CoMP (User) Monitoring.

Figure 6-11 UL CoMP (User) Monitoring

Step 3 Enter a task name in the Trace Name text box, select an eNodeB to be monitored, and then

click Next, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 6-12 Setting basic information of the monitoring task 

Step 4 Set MMEc and mTMSI (see details in 3GPP TS 36.331), and then click Finish.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

64

Page 71: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 71/169

Figure 6-13 Setting MMEc and mTMSI

Step 5 Double-click the task in the running state.

Figure 6-14 Observing the monitoring task status

Step 6 Observe the UL CoMP status of UEs.

Figure 6-15 Querying the UL CoMP status of UEs

The digits in this figure and the values of the UL CoMP User Indication field in the

 preceding table have one-to-one relationships:

l 0: Normal User, that is, non-UL-CoMP user 

l 1: UL CoMP User of Scenario 1

l 2: UL CoMP User of Scenario 2

l 3: UL CoMP User of mixed Scenario

l 4: Hetnet UL CoMP User of Scenario 1

l 5: Hetnet UL CoMP User of Scenario 2

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

65

Page 72: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 72/169

l 6: Hetnet UL CoMP User of mixed Scenario

For details about UL CoMP Users Num of Scenario 1 and UL CoMP Users Num of 

Scenario 2, see 2.5.1 Sources of Gains. The UL CoMP Users Num of mixed Scenario field

 provides the number of UEs that were selected as both type-1 and type-2 UEs during the

sampling period.

----End

6.4.6.5 Using Counters

When there are UEs that meet the UL CoMP requirements, you can check whether this

feature has been activated by observing the following counters:

l L.ULCoMP.User.Avg (ID:1526728338)

l L.ULCoMP.User.Max (ID: 1526728339)

l L.ULCoMP.RB (ID: 1526728340)

If the value of any counter is not 0, this feature has been activated.

The activation observation procedure is as follows:

Step 1 On the U2000 client, choose Performance > Query Result. The Untitled tab page is

displayed.

Figure 6-16 Result query

Step 2 Right-click on the Untitled tab page, and then choose New Query from the shortcut menu.

Figure 6-17 New query

Step 3 On the Object tab page in the New Query dialog box, select eNodeBs, and then click > tomove the eNodeBs to the right pane.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

66

Page 73: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 73/169

Figure 6-18 Object setting

Step 4 Select counters as follows: In the left pane, choose eNodeB > Measurements related to

Channel(LTE) > PRB Measurement. On the Counter tab page, select L.ULCoMP.RB and

click > to move this counter to the right pane. In the left pane, choose eNodeB >

Measurements related to ChMeas > Measurements related to Traffic(LTE) > Cell User

Quantity Measurement. On the Counter tab page, select L.ULCoMP.User.Max and

L.ULCoMP.User.Avg, and click > to move the two counters to the right pane. In addition to

selecting counters, you can also set the measurement period to 15 or 60 minutes, as shown in

Figure 6-19.

Figure 6-19 Counter setting

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

67

Page 74: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 74/169

NOTE

To observe the activation of LOFD-070222, move L.ChMeas.ULCoMPPhase2.PRB.Avg to the right

 pane. To observe the activation of LOFD-070223, move L.ChMeas.ULOverBBUCoMP.PRB.Avg to

the right pane. You can find the two counters by choosing eNodeB > Measurements related to

Channel(LTE) > PRB Measurement.

Step 5 On the Other tab page, click Custom, set the measurement time, and then click Query.

Figure 6-20 Time setting

Step 6 Observe the changes in the status of UL CoMP UEs.

Figure 6-21 Query results

----End

6.4.7 Reconfiguration

 N/A

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

68

Page 75: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 75/169

6.4.8 Deactivation

6.4.8.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration

Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to deactivate a feature on

eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for multiple

eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure for feature deactivation is similar to that for 

feature activation described in 6.4.5.2 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for

Existing eNodeBs. In the procedure, modify parameters according to the following table.

Table 6-6 Parameters related to deactivation of this feature

MO Sheet in theSummary DataFile

Parameter Group Setting Notes

CELLALGOSW

ITCH

eNodeB Radio

Data

LocalCellId,

UplinkCompSwitch,

UlJRAntNumCombSw

For parameter setting

notes, see 6.4.2 Data

Preparation.

 

6.4.8.2 Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration

On the CME, set parameters according to 6.4.8.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch

Configuration. For detailed instructions, see 6.4.5.3 Using the CME to Perform Single

Configuration described for feature activation.

6.4.8.3 Using MML Commands

MML Commands

l To deactivate 3-cell UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn

off the UlJointReception3CellSwitch for each cell involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReception3CellSwitch-0;

l To deactivate the selection of coordinated cells based on UL RSRP for macro-micro UL

CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn off the

UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw  switch for each cell involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-0;

l To deactivate macro-micro UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command

to turn off the UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch for each cell involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-0;

l To deactivate LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP, run the MOD

CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn off the UlJointReceptionSwitch for each cell

involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-0;

l To deactivate 1R UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn off 

the Ul1R1RJRSwitch for each cell involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-0;

l

To deactivate 1R+2R UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command toturn off the Ul1R2RJRSwitch for each cell involved.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

69

Page 76: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 76/169

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-0;

NOTICEAfter a feature is deactivated, no dependent features can take effect.

MML Command Examples

NOTE

To deactivate one type of UL CoMP, the corresponding command needs to be executed for each cell

involved. The following uses the configuration of one cell as an example.

l Deactivating 3-cell UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReception3CellSwitch-0;

l Deactivating the selection of coordinated cells based on UL RSRP for macro-micro ULCoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-0;

l Deactivating macro-micro UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-0;

l Deactivating LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-0;

l Deactivating 1R UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-0;

l Deactivating 1R+2R UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-0;

6.5 Performance Monitoring 

The following table lists the counters and expected results after feature activation.

Table 6-7 Counters and expected results

Counter Expected Result

L.ChMeas.PUSCH.MCS.0

through L.ChMeas.PUSCH.MCS.

28

The average value of modulation and coding scheme

(MCS) indexes increases.

L.ULCoMP.User.Avg

L.ULCoMP.User.Max

The average or maximum number of UL CoMP UEs

increases, indicating higher gains.

L.ULCoMP.RB The number of UL CoMP PRBs increases,

indicating higher gains.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

70

Page 77: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 77/169

Counter Expected Result

L.Thrp.bits.UL

L.Thrp.Time.UL

The average uplink UE throughput increases.

 Average uplink UE throughput = L.Thrp.bits.UL/ 

 L.Thrp.Time.ULwhere

l L.Thrp.bits.UL indicates the total traffic volume

of uplink protocol data units (PDUs) received at

the Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP)

layer in a cell.

l L.Thrp.Time.UL indicates the total duration of 

receiving uplink PDUs at the PDCP layer in a

cell.

 

Monitoring Uplink MCSs

The counters used to monitor uplink MCSs are L.ChMeas.PUSCH.MCS.0  (ID:

1526727412) to L.ChMeas.PUSCH.MCS.28 (ID: 1526727440). The long-term (≥ 24 hours)

measurement result indicates that the number of large MCS indexes increases after feature

activation, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 6-22 Comparison of the performance with UL CoMP and without UL CoMP

Monitoring the Number of UL CoMP UEs

The counters used to monitor the average and maximum numbers of UL CoMP UEs areL.ULCoMP.User.Avg (ID: 1526728338) and L.ULCoMP.User.Max (ID: 1526728339). If 

the value of either counter is small, the number of UEs selected for UL CoMP is small and the

gains provided by UL CoMP are not obvious. If the values of both counters are large, the

gains provided by UL CoMP are high.

Monitoring the Proportion of UL CoMP PRBs

If the proportion of UL CoMP PRBs is high, the increase in the uplink throughput is obvious.

 Proportion of UL CoMP PRBs = L.ULCoMP.RB/(L.ChMeas.PRB.UL.Used.Avg–

 L.ChMeas.PRB.PUCCH.Avg)

where

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

71

Page 78: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 78/169

l L.ULCoMP.RB (ID: 1526728340): indicates the average number of PRBs allocated to

UL CoMP UEs.

l L.ChMeas.PRB.UL.Used.Avg (ID: 1526726737): indicates the average number of 

PRBs allocated to all UEs on uplink channels.

l L.ChMeas.PRB.PUCCH.Avg (ID: 1526727483): indicates the average number of PRBsallocated to physical uplink control channel (PUCCH).

The gains provided by UL CoMP also depend on other factors such as interference,

networking mode, user distribution, and user services. Therefore, the specific gains cannot be

directly quantified by these counters.

Monitoring the Average UE Uplink Throughput

UL CoMP can increase the average UE uplink throughput.

 Average uplink UE throughput = L.Thrp.bits.UL/L.Thrp.Time.UL

where

l L.Thrp.bits.UL (ID: 1526728259): indicates the total traffic volume of uplink PDU data

received at the PDCP layer in a cell.

l L.Thrp.Time.UL (ID: 1526728260): indicates the total duration of receiving uplink data

at the PDCP layer in a cell

NOTE

The gains provided by UL CoMP also depend on interference, networking mode, user distribution, user 

services, and other factors.

6.6 Parameter Optimization

Reducing Signaling Overhead

UL CoMP for type-1 UEs increases the amount of Uu signaling because the UEs report

measurements every 5 seconds.

To reduce signaling overhead, you can change the number of A3 measurement reports to 1

when other A3-dependent features (such as ICIC, aICIC, eICIC, CSPC, and GLDSS) are not

used, by running the following command:

MOD CELLMCPARA: LocalCellId=0, ReportAmount=r1;

NOTE

The change does not affect the performance of UL CoMP. The eNodeB can still determine whether to

enable UL CoMP for UEs based on event-triggered UL CoMP A3 measurements.

To further reduce the number of A3 measurement reports and signaling overhead, you can

reduce the UL CoMP A3 offset by running the following command:

MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3Offset=-6;

Preventing Uplink Throughput Decrease

UL CoMP will result in decreases in uplink throughput when the LBBPc is used andinterference from coordinated cells is hard to reduce.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

72

Page 79: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 79/169

To prevent the decrease, you can use the UL CoMP rollback switch

CellAlgoSwitch.UplinkCompSwitch.UlCompRollbackSwitch. When this switch is on, the

eNodeB detects signal and interference changes in the serving and neighboring cells in real

time. If the eNodeB finds out that interference from neighboring cells is hard to mitigate, it

does not perform UL CoMP. The command for turning on the switch is as follows:

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UplinkCompSwitch=UlCompRollbackSwitch-1;

Generating PCI Conflict Alarms

PCI conflicts between intra-frequency neighboring cells have a negative impact on the

 performance of UL CoMP. You are advised to turn on the PCI conflict alarm switch so that

PCI collision or confusion can be reported. The command for turning on the switch is as

follows:

MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: PciConflictAlmSwitch=ON;

Setting SRS Parameters for Macro-Micro UL CoMPIf selection of coordinated cells based on UL RSRP is enabled for macro-micro UL CoMP,

the SRS configuration procedure does not work. Without SRS configuration, a cell cannot

 perform such a selection. Therefore, manually setting SRS parameters is required in this case.

To set SRS parameters, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Run the MOD SRSCFG command to set SrsCfgInd to BOOLEAN_TRUE,

FddSrsCfgMode to DEFAULTMODE, and SrsSubframeCfg based on the result of (PCI

mod 3) +3. The following assumes that the PCI is 0.

MOD SRSCFG: LocalCellId=0, SrsSubframeCfg=SC3,SrsCfgInd=BOOLEAN_TRUE,

FddSrsCfgMode=DEFAULTMODE;

Step 2 Run the MOD CELLSRSADAPTIVECFG command to set SRS reporting period adaptation

 parameters. Set SrsPeriodAdaptive to OFF and UserSrsPeriodCfg to ms40.

MOD CELLSRSADAPTIVECFG: LocalCellId=0, SrsPeriodAdaptive=OFF, UserSrsPeriod=ms40;

----End

Adjusting SRS Parameters for UL CoMP in SFN Scenarios

SRS parameters are configured for SFN cells during cell setup. After SFN and UL CoMP are

 both enabled, the SRS configuration procedure does not work.

If a neighboring cell of an SFN cell does not have SRS parameters configured, thisneighboring cell cannot select the SFN cell for UL CoMP. If the neighboring cell has SRS

 parameters configured but it has the same start SRS subframe as the SFN cell or does not

have uplink-downlink subframe configuration SC3, SC4, or SC5, the neighboring cell also

cannot select the SFN cell for UL CoMP.

Run the following command to check the SRS parameters of each cell:LST SRSCFG: LocalCellId=0;

If a neighboring cell of an SFN cell does not have SRS parameters configured, the SFN cell

cannot select it for UL CoMP.

If a neighboring cell of an SFN cell has SRS parameters configured and the

FDDRESMODE.SfnCapabilityMode  parameter is set to NORMAL, you can adjust theSRS parameters as follows:

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

73

Page 80: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 80/169

1. Run the MOD SRSCFG command to set SrsCfgInd to BOOLEAN_TRUE,

FddSrsCfgMode to DEFAULTMODE, and SrsSubframeCfg based on the result of 

(PCI mod 3) +3. The following assumes that the PCI is 0.MOD SRSCFG: LocalCellId=0, SrsSubframeCfg=SC3,SrsCfgInd=BOOLEAN_TRUE,

FddSrsCfgMode=DEFAULTMODE;

2. Run the MOD CELLSRSADAPTIVECFG command to set SRS reporting period

adaptation parameters. Set SrsPeriodAdaptive to OFF and UserSrsPeriodCfg to ms40.MOD CELLSRSADAPTIVECFG:

LocalCellId=0,SrsPeriodAdaptive=OFF,UserSrsPe riod=ms40;

NOTICE

l Changing the SRS configuration of an in-service cell would result in the automatic reset of 

the cell.

l

For the impact of SRS configuration on performance, see Physical Channel Resource Management Feature Parameter Description.

6.7 Troubleshooting 

Fault Description

After UL CoMP is enabled, the uplink throughput of CEUs in a cell does not increase under 

the same conditions as before UL CoMP is enabled.

After UL CoMP is enabled across the entire network, the values of countersL.ULCoMP.User.Avg (ID: 1526728338), L.ULCoMP.User.Max (ID: 1526728339), and

L.ULCoMP.RB (ID: 1526728340) of some or all cells remain 0.

Fault Handling 

Step 1 Check related alarms, for example, an alarm that indicates the capacity of a cell decreases. If 

there is such an alarm, handle the alarm according to the instructions in eNodeB Alarm

 Reference. If there is not such alarm, go to Step 2.

Step 2 Run the LST CELLALGOSWITCH command to check the UL CoMP switch setting. If the

switch is turned off, turn it on and end the troubleshooting. If the switch is turned on, go to

Step 3.

Step 3 Run the DSP LICINFO command to check the Actual Used value of Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP(FDD).

l If the Actual Used value of Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP(FDD) is 0, go to Step 4 and Step

5.

l If the Actual Used value of Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP(FDD) is not 0, go to Step 6 and

Step 7.

Step 4 Modify eNodeB configurations if they do not meet the UL CoMP deployment requirements.

Step 5 Check whether there are mutually exclusive features by referring to 4.2 Features Related to

LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP. If there are, end the troubleshooting. Otherwise,go to Step 8.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

74

Page 81: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 81/169

Step 6 Run the DSP CELLULCOMPCLUSTER  command to check the coordinated cell list. If 

there are coordinated cells, go to Step 7. Otherwise, go to Step 8.

Step 7 Check whether the cells selected for UL CoMP meet the requirements for the operating

environment. If the cells do not, end the troubleshooting. If the cells do, go to Step 8.

Step 8 Contact Huawei technical support.

----End

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

75

Page 82: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 82/169

7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222

Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II

7.1 When to Use LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMPPhase II

If the inter-RRU distance is not greater than 1000 m in urban areas, the Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP Phase II function is recommended because it supports intra-BBU UL CoMP and

effectively increases the average uplink throughput for cells and CEUs.

l In suburban, rural, and other areas where the inter-RRU distance is large, this feature is

not recommended.l You are advised to optimize parameter settings by referring to the "Parameter 

Optimization" section to reduce the impact of signaling processing for event A3

measurement reporting in one of the following situations:

– The uplink or downlink PRB usage is greater than 90%.

– The control channel element (CCE) usage is greater than 80%.

– The central processing unit (CPU) usage is greater than 80%.

l If there is intermodulation interference, solve this problem before using this feature.

l If the difference in cell-specific reference signal (CRS) transmit power between macro

and micro cells is greater than or equal to 6 dB, it is recommended that macro-micro UL

CoMP based on SRS measurement be used.

l When both SFN and UL CoMP are enabled, the start SRS subframe of the SFN cell must

 be different from those of its neighboring cells (common or SFN cells). The eNodeB can

select a neighboring SFN cell to serve as a coordinated cell for a UE only when the UE is

allocated SRS resource in the start SRS subframe.

7.2 Required Information

See 7.4.1 Requirements.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP Phase II

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

76

Page 83: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 83/169

NOTE

This feature shares system resources with SFN, CA, and CSPC. Before deploying this feature, contact

Huawei engineers for resource audit.

7.3 Planning 

RF Planning 

 N/A

Network Planning 

This feature can be implemented only among cells in the same connection set.

If a BBU3900 is used, an intra-BBU connection set must contain at least one LBBPd or 

UBBPd installed in slot 2 or 3.

If a BBU3910 is used, there is no restriction on an intra-BBU connection set.

For intra-frequency cells covered by antennas installed on the same pole or tower, it is

recommended that these cells be set up on the same BBP and bound to baseband equipment.

Geographically adjacent intra-frequency cells should be established on the same BBP or the

BBPs whose cells compose a connection set and be bound to baseband equipment.

NOTE

When the BBP is restarted or reset, the cells are reestablished. The deployment information for these

cells may change and the coordinated cell lists may also change. These changes will affect the

 performance of UL CoMP.

Hardware Planning 

For the requirements on BBP models in different UL CoMP scenarios, see 2.6 Evolution of 

UL CoMP.

7.4 Deployment

7.4.1 Requirements

Operating Environment

LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II requires LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP and takes effect only when both features are enabled. The following table describes the

requirements for the operating environment.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP Phase II

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

77

Page 84: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 84/169

Table 7-1 Requirements for the operating environment

Informationto BeCollected

Requirements

eNodeB type Macro eNodeBs

RRU model Macro-micro and micro-micro UL CoMP allows micro cells to be LPNs,

for example, RRU3220E.

BBP model LBBPd2, LBBPd3, UBBPd3, UBBPd4, UBBPd5, or UBBPd6

 Number of cells UL CoMP requires at least two intra-frequency cells in a connection set.

If UL CoMP is enabled in only one cell, it will not take effect.

Cell

configuration

l UL CoMP can be performed in intra-BBU inter-BBP cells. The

serving cell and coordinated cells must be configured in the same

connection set. For details, see 7.3 Planning.l The cells that are geographically adjacent must be configured as

intra-frequency neighboring cells with different PCIs.

l The cells involved in UL CoMP must have the same frequency,

 bandwidth, and CP type. These cells can be all in 1R, 2R, or 4R 

mode; or some in 1R mode and the other in 2R mode. The

corresponding UL CoMP is also called 1R, 2R, 4R and 1R+2R UL

CoMP.

l An LBBPd2, LBBPd3, UBBPd4, or UBBPd5 can be used to support

three 2R or 4R cells each with a bandwidth of 20, 15, 10, 5, 3, or 1.4

MHz.

l An LBBPd3 can be used to support six 2R or 4R cells each with a bandwidth of 20, 15, 10, 5, 3, or 1.4 MHz.

l A UBBPd3 can be used to support three 2R cells each with a

 bandwidth of 20, 15, 10, 5, 3, or 1.4 MHz.

l A UBBPd5 or UBBPd6 can be used to support six 2R or 4R cells

each with a bandwidth of 20, 15, 10, 5, 3, or 1.4 MHz.

l The cells can be set up on different models of LBBP, UBBP, or both.

l An LBBPd1, LBBPd2, LBBPd3, UBBPd3, UBBPd4, UBBPd5,

UBBPd6, or UBBPda can be used to support 1R or 1R+2R UL

CoMP.

NOTE4R UL CoMP can be performed in only two cells. It requires that the UE be a

type-1 UE, the modulation scheme be QPSK or 16QAM, and the networking

mode be any Cloud BB mode other than distributed Cloud BB.

Inter-RRU

distance

It is recommended that UL CoMP be used only when the distance

 between the RRUs of the serving cell and coordinated cells is not greater 

than 1000 m.

 

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP Phase II

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

78

Page 85: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 85/169

NOTE

The CellAlgoSwitch.UlJRAntNumCombSw parameter settings of the serving cell and coordinated

cells must be matched. For example, to enable 1R+2R UL CoMP, turn on the Ul1R2RJRSwitch for 

 both 1R and 2R cells. Note that 2R UL CoMP and 4R UL CoMP are supported by default, without

additional parameter settings.

Transmission Networking 

 None

License

The operator has purchased and activated the license for the feature listed in the following

table.

FeatureID Feature Name Model LicenseControl Item NE Sales Unit

LOFD-070

222

LOFD-070222

Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP

Phase II

LT1SIUL

CP200

Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP Phase

II(FDD)

eNodeB per cell

 

The number of cells that can implement LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II is

subject to the licensed number. If the number of cells for which the feature is to be enabled is

greater than the licensed number, this feature can be enabled only for the licensed number of cells.

To deploy LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II, the license for LOFD-001066

Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP must be purchased and activated.

Other Features

For details, see 4.3 Features Related to LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II.

7.4.2 Data Preparation

This section describes the data that you need to collect for setting parameters. Required data is

data that you must collect for all scenarios. Collect scenario-specific data when necessary for 

a specific feature deployment scenario.

There are three types of data sources:

l  Network plan (negotiation not required): parameter values planned and set by the

operator 

l  Network plan (negotiation required): parameter values planned by the operator and

negotiated with the EPC or peer transmission equipment

l User-defined: parameter values set by users

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP Phase II

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

79

Page 86: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 86/169

Required Data

The following table describes the parameters that must be set in a BaseBandEqm MO to

configure baseband equipment information.

It is recommended that intra-frequency cells that are served by RRUs installed on the same pole or tower be configured on the same BBP, and intra-frequency cells that are

geographically adjacent but served by RRUs installed on different poles or towers be

configured in the same connection set. For details, see 7.3 Planning.

Table 7-2 Parameters related to baseband equipment

Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes

Baseband

Equipment ID

BASEBANDEQM. B

 ASEBANDEQMID

 Network plan

(negotiation not

required)

-

Baseband

Equipment Type

BASEBANDEQM. B

 ASEBANDEQMTYP 

 E 

 Network plan

(negotiation not

required)

Set this parameter to

ULDL.

UMTS UL

Demodulation Mode

BASEBANDEQM.U 

 MTSDEMMODE 

 Network plan

(negotiation not

required)

Set this parameter to

NULL.

Cabinet No. of 

Process Unit n

CNn  Network plan

(negotiation not

required)

n indicates the

cabinet number of 

the BBP, ranging

from 0 to 7.

Subrack No. of 

Process Unit n

SRNn  Network plan

(negotiation not

required)

n indicates the

subrack number of 

the BBP, ranging

from 0 to 1.

Slot No. of Process

Unit n

SNn  Network plan

(negotiation not

required)

n indicates the slot

number of the BBP,

ranging from 0 to 5.

 

The following table describes the parameters that must be set in an eUCellSectorEqm MO to

configure a set of sector equipment for a cell.

It is recommended that intra-frequency cells that are served by RRUs installed on the same

 pole or tower be configured on the same BBP.

Table 7-3 Parameters related to sector equipment for a cell

Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes

Local cell ID eUCellSectorEqm.

 LocalCellId 

 Network plan

(negotiation not

required)

-

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP Phase II

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

80

Page 87: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 87/169

Page 88: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 88/169

Parameter Name

ParameterID

DataSource

Setting Notes

UplinkCo

mpSwitch

CellAlgoS

witch.Upli 

nkCompSw

itch

 Network 

 plan

(negotiation

not

required)

This parameter specifies whether to enable

UL CoMP for a cell.

Default value:

l UlJointReceptionSwitch:Off 

l UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch:Off 

l UlJointReception3CellSwitch:Off 

Recommended value:

l UlJointReceptionSwitch:On

l UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch:On

l UlJointReception3CellSwitch:On

Additional setting notes for macro-micro

scenarios:

Default value:

l UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch:Off 

l UlHetnetCompManualCoCellSw:Off 

l UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw:Off 

Recommended value:

l UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch:On

l UlHetnetCompManualCoCellSw:On

l UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw:On (when

the difference in CRS transmit power 

 between macro and micro cells is

greater than or equal to 6 dB and the

micro cell is a common cell)

 

2. The following table describes the parameter that must be set in the CellAlgoSwitch MO

to configure an IRC switch.

Parameter Name

ParameterID

DataSource

Setting Notes

PUSCHIRC

algorithm

switch

CellAlgoSwitch. PuschIrc

 AlgoSwitch

 Network plan(negotiation

not required)

This parameter specifies a PUSCH IRCalgorithm.

The MrcIrcAdptSwitch option

specifies whether to enable adaptive

switching between MRC and IRC:

l Default value:

MrcIrcAdptSwitch:On

l Recommended value:

MrcIrcAdptSwitch:On

 

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP Phase II

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

82

Page 89: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 89/169

3. The following table describes the parameter that must be set in a CellUlCompAlgo MO

to configure a UL CoMP A3 offset.

ParameterName

ParameterID

DataSource

Setting Notes

UlCompA3

Offset

CellUlCom

pAlgo.UlCo

mpA3Offset 

 Network plan

(negotiation

not required)

This parameter specifies a UL CoMP

A3 offset. The value range is from -30

to +30, with a unit of 0.5 dB.

Default value: -20.

Recommended value: -20

 

4. The following table describes the parameter that must be set in a CellAlgoSwitch MO to

configure a combination of cell RX modes.

Parameter

Name

Parameter

ID

Data

Source

Setting Notes

UL JR 

Antenna

 Number 

Combined

Switch

CellAlgoSw

itch.UlJRA

ntNumCom

bSw

 Network plan

(negotiation

not required)

This parameter specifies a combination

of receive modes for UL CoMP.

Default value:

l Ul1R1RJRSwitch:Off 

l Ul1R2RJRSwitch:Off 

Recommended value:

l Ul1R1RJRSwitch:Off 

l Ul1R2RJRSwitch:Off 

 

NOTE

2R UL CoMP and 4R UL CoMP are supported by default after the UL CoMP switch is turned on.

7.4.3 Precautions

During scenario-specific data preparation in 7.4.2 Data Preparation, the cells that are served

 by RRUs installed on the same pole or tower must be set up on the same BBP. The

geographically adjacent cells that are served by RRUs installed on different poles or towers

must be configured in the same connection set. For details, see 7.3 Planning.

7.4.4 Hardware Adjustment

It is recommended that UL CoMP be used only when the distance between the RRUs of the

serving cell and coordinated cells is not greater than 1000 m.

7.4.5 Activation

7.4.5.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly DeployedeNodeBs

Enter the values of the parameters listed in the following table in a summary data file, whichalso contains other data for the new eNodeBs to be deployed. Then, import the summary data

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP Phase II

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

83

Page 90: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 90/169

file into the CME for batch configuration. For detailed instructions, see "Creating eNodeBs in

Batches" in the initial configuration guide for the eNodeB, which is available in the eNodeB

 product documentation.

The summary data file may be a scenario-specific file provided by the CME or a customized

file, depending on the following conditions:

l The MOs in the following table are contained in a scenario-specific summary data file.

In this situation, set the parameters in the MOs, and then verify and save the file.

l Some MOs in the following table are not contained in a scenario-specific summary data

file. In this situation, customize a summary data file to include the MOs before you can

set the parameters.

Table 7-4 Parameters related to activation of this feature

MO Sheet in theSummary Data File

Parameter Group Remarks

CellUlCompAl

go

eNodeB Radio Data LocalCellId,

UlCompA3Offset

User-defined

sheet

CellAlgoSwitc

h

eNodeB Radio Data LocalCellId,

UplinkCompSwitch,

PuschIrcAlgoSwitch,

UlJRAntNumCombSw

User-defined

sheet

 

7.4.5.2 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Existing eNodeBs

Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to activate a feature on

existing eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for 

multiple eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure is as follows:

Step 1 Customize a summary data file with the MOs and parameters listed in section "Using the

CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs." For online help, press

F1 when a CME window is active, and select Managing the CME > CME Guidelines >

LTE Application Management > eNodeB Related Operations > Customizing a Summary

Data File for Batch eNodeB Configuration.

Step 2 Choose CME > LTE Application > Export Data > Export Base Station Bulk 

Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Export Data >

Export Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to export the eNodeB

data stored on the CME into the customized summary data file.

Step 3 In the summary data file, set the parameters in the MOs according to the setting notes

 provided in section "Data Preparation" and close the file.

Step 4 Choose CME > LTE Application > Import Data > Import Base Station Bulk 

Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Import Data >

Import Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to import the summary

data file into the CME, and then start the data verification.

Step 5 After data verification is complete, choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental

Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose Area Management > Planned Area > ExportIncremental Scripts (CME client mode), to export and activate the incremental scripts. For 

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP Phase II

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

84

Page 91: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 91/169

detailed operations, see Managing the CME > CME Guidelines > Script File Management

> Exporting Incremental Scripts from a Planned Data Area in the CME online help.

----End

7.4.5.3 Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration

On the CME, set the parameters listed in the "Data Preparation" section for a single eNodeB.

The procedure is as follows:

Step 1 In the planned data area, click Base Station in the upper left corner of the configuration

window.

Step 2 In area 1 shown in Figure 7-1, select the eNodeB to which the MOs belong.

Figure 7-1 MO search and configuration window

Step 3 On the Search tab page in area 2, enter an MO name, for example, CELL.

Step 4 In area 3, double-click the MO in the Object Name column. All parameters in this MO are

displayed in area 4.

Step 5 Set the parameters in area 4 or 5.

Step 6 Choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (U2000 client mode), or 

choose Area Management > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (CME client

mode), to export and activate the incremental scripts.

----End

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP Phase II

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

85

Page 92: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 92/169

7.4.5.4 Using MML Commands

MML Commands

Step 1 Run the MOD CELLULCOMPALGO command to set a UL CoMP A3 offset.MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3Offset=-20;

NOTE

The default value is recommended.

Step 2 To activate 2-cell UL CoMP for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II, run the

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the UlJointReceptionSwitch and

UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch for each cell involved.

l Macro-macro or micro-micro 2-cell UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1;

l Macro-micro 2-cell UL CoMP

To activate macro-micro UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to set

the UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch, UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw , and

UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw for all macro and micro cells involved.

When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is less than 6 dB

or the micro cell is an SFN cell, run the following command:

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlHetnet

JointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-0;

When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is greater than or 

equal to 6 dB and the micro cell is a common cell, run the following command:

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlHetnet

JointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-0&UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-1;

To enable manual configuration of to-be measured neighboring cells in macro-micro scenarios

when the UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw  switch is on, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

command to turn on the corresponding switch and run the MOD

EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL  command to set the relationships between intra-frequency

macro and micro cells.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-1;

MOD EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL: LocalCellId=0, Mcc="510", Mnc="990", eNodeBId=20043,

CellId=2, AttachCellSwitch=ON;

Step 3 To activate 3-cell UL CoMP for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II, run the

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the UlJointReceptionSwitch,

UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch, and UlJointReception3CellSwitch for each cell involved.

l Macro-macro or micro-micro 3-cell UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlJointR

eception3CellSwitch-1;

l Macro-micro 3-cell UL CoMP

To activate macro-micro 3-cell UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command

to set the UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch, UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw , andUlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw for all macro and micro cells involved.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP Phase II

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

86

Page 93: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 93/169

When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is less than 6 dB

or the micro cell is an SFN cell, run the following command:

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlJointR

eception3CellSwitch-1&UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-

0;

When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is greater than or 

equal to 6 dB and the micro cell is a common cell, run the following command:

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlJointR

eception3CellSwitch-1&UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualCoCellSw-1&

UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-1;

To enable manual configuration of to-be measured neighboring cells in macro-micro scenarios

when the UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw  switch is on, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

command to turn on the corresponding switch and run the MOD

EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL  command to set the relationships between intra-frequency

macro and micro cells.

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-1;

MOD EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL: LocalCellId=0, Mcc="510", Mnc="990", eNodeBId=20043,

CellId=2, AttachCellSwitch=ON;

Step 4 To activate 1R UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the

Ul1R1RJRSwitch for each cell involved.

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-1;

Step 5 To activate 1R+2R UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the

Ul1R2RJRSwitch for each cell involved.

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-1;

Step 6 If the license for LOFD-001012 UL Interference Rejection Combining has been purchased

and activated, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the

MrcIrcAdptSwitch for each cell involved.

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;

----End

MML Command Examples

NOTE

The commands for activating UL CoMP need to be executed for each cell involved. The following usesthe configuration of one cell as an example.

1. Macro-macro or micro-micro 2-cell UL CoMP

MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3Offset=-20;

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1;

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;

//Activating 1R UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-1;

//Activating 1R+2R UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-1;

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP Phase II

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

87

Page 94: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 94/169

2. Macro-micro 2-cell UL CoMP

MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3Offset=-20;

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;

//When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is less than 6 dB

or the micro cell is an SFN cell, run the following command:

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlHetnet

JointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-0;

//When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is greater than

or equal to 6 dB and the micro cell is a common cell, run the following command:

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlHetnet

JointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-0&UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-1;

//Enabling manual configuration of to-be-measured neighboring cells in macro-micro

scenarios when the UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw  switch is onMOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-1;

MOD EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL: LocalCellId=0, Mcc="510", Mnc="990", eNodeBId=20043,

CellId=2, AttachCellSwitch=ON;

//Activating 1R UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-1;

//Activating 1R+2R UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-1;

3. Macro-macro or micro-micro 3-cell UL CoMP

MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3Offset=-20;

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlJointR

eception3CellSwitch-1;

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;

//Activating 1R UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-1;

//Activating 1R+2R UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-1;

4. Macro-micro 3-cell UL CoMPMOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3Offset=-20;

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;

//When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is less than 6 dB

or the micro cell is an SFN cell, run the following command:

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlJointR

eception3CellSwitch-1&UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-

0;

//When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is greater thanor equal to 6 dB and the micro cell is a common cell, run the following command:

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP Phase II

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

88

Page 95: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 95/169

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlJointR

eception3CellSwitch-1&UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-

0&UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-1;

//Enabling manual configuration of to-be-measured neighboring cells in macro-micro

scenarios when the UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw  switch is on

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-1;

MOD EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL: LocalCellId=0, Mcc="510", Mnc="990", eNodeBId=20043,

CellId=2, AttachCellSwitch=ON;

//Activating 1R UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-1;

//Activating 1R+2R UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-1;

7.4.6 Activation Observation

7.4.6.1 Using MML Commands

Run the DSP CELLULCOMPCLUSTER  command to query the coordinated cell list of one

cell or the coordinated cell lists of all cells of the eNodeB. The command output contains the

eNodeB IDs and local cell IDs of coordinated cells. If a coordinated cell list contains cells

with the same eNodeB ID and established on different BBPs, the feature has been activated.

7.4.6.2 Using Signaling 

If all A3-based features except UL CoMP are disabled, you can use signaling for activation

observation:

Step 1 Enable a UE to access a cell. Search Figure 7-2 for the RRC_CONN_RECFG message.

Double-click the message to see the UL CoMP A3 measurement configuration delivered by

the eNodeB, as shown in Figure 7-3. If the A3 offset in the message is consistent with the

UlCompA3Offset parameter value, LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP has been

activated.

Figure 7-2 Uu tracing results

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP Phase II

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

89

Page 96: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 96/169

Figure 7-3 UL CoMP A3 offset

Step 2 Move the UE to the cell edge between intra-BBU inter-BBP cells. Alternatively, simulate the

signal quality by adjusting an attenuator. The UE sends an event A3 measurement report to

the eNodeB. LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II has been activated if the

following conditions are met: (1) The eNodeB determines that the UE is at the cell edge based

on the A3 report and selects this UE as a CoMP UE. (2) The eNodeB selects an inter-BBP cell

with the strongest signal from the report as a coordinated cell.

Figure 7-4 UL CoMP A3 measurement report

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP Phase II

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

90

Page 97: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 97/169

Figure 7-5 UL CoMP A3 measurements

Step 3 Use the UE to perform uplink FTP services, and check the uplink throughput. If the uplink 

throughput is higher than that before feature activation, the feature takes effect as expected.

----End

7.4.6.3 Using CountersIf there are UEs that meet the feature activation requirements, you can use the

L.ChMeas.ULCoMPPhase2.PRB.Avg  (ID: 1526733196) counter to check whether the

feature has been activated. If the counter value is not 0, the feature has been activated.

7.4.7 Reconfiguration

 N/A

7.4.8 Deactivation

7.4.8.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration

Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to deactivate a feature on

eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for multiple

eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure for feature deactivation is similar to that for 

feature activation described in 7.4.5.2 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for

Existing eNodeBs. In the procedure, modify parameters according to the following table.

Table 7-5 Parameter related to deactivation of this feature

MO Sheet in theSummary Data File

Parameter Group Remarks

CELLALGOS

WITCH

eNodeB Radio Data LocalCellId,

UplinkCompSwitch,

UlJRAntNumCombSw

User-defined

sheet

 

7.4.8.2 Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration

On the CME, set parameters according to 7.4.8.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch

Configuration. For detailed instructions, see 7.4.5.3 Using the CME to Perform SingleConfiguration for feature activation.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP Phase II

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

91

Page 98: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 98/169

7.4.8.3 Using MML Commands

MML Commands

l To deactivate 3-cell UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn

off the UlJointReception3CellSwitch for each cell involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReception3CellSwitch-0;

l To deactivate the selection of coordinated cells based on UL RSRP for macro-micro UL

CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn off the

UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw  switch for each cell involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-0;

l To deactivate macro-micro UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command

to turn off the UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch for each cell involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-0;

l To deactivate LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II, run the MOD

CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn off UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch for each

cell involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-0;

l To deactivate 1R UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn off 

the Ul1R1RJRSwitch for each cell involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-0;

l To deactivate 1R+2R UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to

turn off the Ul1R2RJRSwitch for each cell involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-0;

NOTICE

After a feature is deactivated, no dependent features can take effect.

MML Command Examples

NOTE

To deactivate one type of UL CoMP, the corresponding command needs to be executed for each cell

involved. The following uses the configuration of one cell as an example.

l Deactivating 3-cell UL CoMPMOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReception3CellSwitch-0;

l Deactivating the selection of coordinated cells based on UL RSRP for macro-micro UL

CoMPMOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-0;

l Deactivating macro-micro UL CoMPMOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-0;

l Deactivating LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase IIMOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-0;

lDeactivating 1R UL CoMPMOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-0;

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP Phase II

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

92

Page 99: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 99/169

l Deactivating 1R+2R UL CoMPMOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-0;

7.5 Performance Monitoring 

The monitoring method is the same as that for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP.

7.6 Parameter Optimization

Generating PCI Conflict Alarms

PCI conflicts between intra-frequency neighboring cells have a negative impact on the

 performance of UL CoMP. You are advised to turn on the PCI conflict alarm switch so that

PCI collision or confusion can be reported. The command for turning on the switch is as

follows:MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: PciConflictAlmSwitch=ON;

Setting SRS Parameters for Macro-Micro UL CoMP

If selection of coordinated cells based on UL RSRP is enabled for macro-micro UL CoMP,

the SRS configuration procedure does not work. Without SRS configuration, a cell cannot

 perform such a selection. Therefore, manually setting SRS parameters is required in this case.

To set SRS parameters, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Run the MOD SRSCFG command to set SrsCfgInd to BOOLEAN_TRUE,

FddSrsCfgMode to DEFAULTMODE, and SrsSubframeCfg based on the result of (PCImod 3) +3. The following assumes that the PCI is 0.

MOD SRSCFG: LocalCellId=0, SrsSubframeCfg=SC3,SrsCfgInd=BOOLEAN_TRUE,

FddSrsCfgMode=DEFAULTMODE;

Step 2 Run the MOD CELLSRSADAPTIVECFG command to set SRS reporting period adaptation

 parameters. Set SrsPeriodAdaptive to OFF and UserSrsPeriodCfg to ms40.

MOD CELLSRSADAPTIVECFG: LocalCellId=0, SrsPeriodAdaptive=OFF, UserSrsPeriod=ms40;

----End

Adjusting SRS Parameters for UL CoMP in SFN Scenarios

SRS parameters are configured for SFN cells during cell setup. After SFN and UL CoMP are

 both enabled, the SRS configuration procedure does not work.

If a neighboring cell of an SFN cell does not have SRS parameters configured, this

neighboring cell cannot select the SFN cell for UL CoMP. If the neighboring cell has SRS

 parameters configured but it has the same start SRS subframe as the SFN cell or does not

have uplink-downlink subframe configuration SC3, SC4, or SC5, the neighboring cell also

cannot select the SFN cell for UL CoMP.

Run the following command to check the SRS parameters of each cell:LST SRSCFG: LocalCellId=0;

If a neighboring cell of an SFN cell does not have SRS parameters configured, the SFN cellcannot select it for UL CoMP.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP Phase II

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

93

Page 100: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 100/169

If a neighboring cell of an SFN cell has SRS parameters configured and the

FDDRESMODE.SfnCapabilityMode  parameter is set to NORMAL, you can adjust the

SRS parameters as follows:

1. Run the MOD SRSCFG command to set SrsCfgInd to BOOLEAN_TRUE,

FddSrsCfgMode to DEFAULTMODE, and SrsSubframeCfg based on the result of (PCI mod 3) +3. The following assumes that the PCI is 0.MOD SRSCFG: LocalCellId=0, SrsSubframeCfg=SC3,SrsCfgInd=BOOLEAN_TRUE,

FddSrsCfgMode=DEFAULTMODE;

2. Run the MOD CELLSRSADAPTIVECFG command to set SRS reporting period

adaptation parameters. Set SrsPeriodAdaptive to OFF and UserSrsPeriodCfg to ms40.MOD CELLSRSADAPTIVECFG:

LocalCellId=0,SrsPeriodAdaptive=OFF,UserSrsPeriod=ms40;

NOTICE

l Changing the SRS configuration of an in-service cell would result in the automatic reset of 

the cell.

l For the impact of SRS configuration on performance, see P hysical Channel Resource

 Management Feature Parameter Description.

7.7 Troubleshooting 

Fault Description

After UL CoMP is enabled, the uplink throughput of CEUs in a cell does not increase under 

the same conditions as before UL CoMP is enabled.

After UL CoMP is enabled across the entire network, the values of counters

L.ULCoMP.User.Avg (ID: 1526728338), L.ULCoMP.User.Max (ID: 1526728339), and

L.ULCoMP.RB (ID: 1526728340) of some or all cells remain 0.

Fault Handling 

Step 1 Check related alarms, for example, an alarm that indicates the capacity of a cell decreases. If 

there is such an alarm, handle the alarm according to the instructions in eNodeB Alarm

 Reference. If there is not such alarm, go to Step 2.

Step 2 Run the LST CELLALGOSWITCH command to check the UL CoMP switch settings. If 

the UlJointReceptionSwitch or UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch is turned off, turn it one

and end the troubleshooting. If both are turned on, go to Step 3.

Step 3 Run the DSP LICINFO command to check the Actual Used values of Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP(FDD) and Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II(FDD).

l If the Actual Used value of Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP(FDD) is 0, go to Step 4 and Step

5.

l If the Actual Used value of Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP(FDD) or Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP Phase II(FDD) is not 0, go to Step 6 and Step 7.

Step 4 Modify eNodeB configurations if they do not meet the UL CoMP deployment requirements.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP Phase II

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

94

Page 101: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 101/169

Step 5 Check whether the cells are configured with mutually exclusive features described in 4.3

Features Related to LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II. If yes, end the

troubleshooting. Otherwise, go to Step 8.

Step 6 Run the DSP CELLULCOMPCLUSTER  command to check the coordinated cell list. If 

there are coordinated cells, go to Step 7. Otherwise, go to Step 8.

Step 7 Check whether the cells selected for UL CoMP meet the requirements for the operating

environment. If the cells do not, end the troubleshooting. If the cells do, go to Step 8.

Step 8 Contact Huawei technical support.

----End

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB

UL CoMP Phase II

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

95

Page 102: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 102/169

8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223

UL CoMP based on Coordinated BBU

8.1 When to Use LOFD-070223 UL CoMP based onCoordinated BBU

When the inter-RRU distance is not greater than 1000 m in urban areas, UL CoMP based on

coordinated BBU is recommended because this feature effectively increases the average

uplink throughput for inter-BBU cells and CEUs.

l In suburban, rural, and other areas where the inter-RRU distance is large, this feature is

not recommended.l You are advised to optimize parameter settings by referring to the "Parameter 

Optimization" section to reduce the impact of signaling processing for event A3

measurement reporting in one of the following situations:

– The uplink or downlink PRB usage is greater than 90%.

– The control channel element (CCE) usage is greater than 80%.

– The central processing unit (CPU) usage is greater than 80%.

l If there is intermodulation interference, solve this problem before using this feature.

l If the difference in cell-specific reference signal (CRS) transmit power between macro

and micro cells is greater than or equal to 6 dB, it is recommended that macro-micro UL

CoMP based on SRS measurement be used.

l When both SFN and UL CoMP are enabled, the start SRS subframe of the SFN cell must

 be different from those of its neighboring cells (common or SFN cells). The eNodeB can

select a neighboring SFN cell to serve as a coordinated cell for a UE only when the UE is

allocated SRS resource in the start SRS subframe.

8.2 Required Information

See "Requirements."

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP

 based on Coordinated BBU

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

96

Page 103: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 103/169

NOTE

This feature shares system resources with SFN, CA, and CSPC. Before deploying this feature, contact

Huawei engineers for resource audit.

8.3 Planning 

RF Planning 

 N/A

Network Planning 

UL CoMP can be performed in cells in the same connection set only when UL CoMP based

on coordinated BBU is enabled.

If a BBU3900 is used, an intra-BBU connection set must contain at least one LBBPd or 

UBBPd installed in slot 2 or 3. If a BBU3910 is used, there is no restriction on an intra-BBU

connection set.

If a USU3900 is used, an inter-BBU connection set can contain only cells established on the

BBPs with the same slot number. For example, cells established on the BBP in slot 0 of BBU

0 and those established on the BBP in slot 0 of BBU 1 can compose an inter-BBU connection

set. If a USU3910 is used, an inter-BBU connection set can contain cells established on the

BBPs with different slot numbers.

It is recommended that intra-frequency cells that are served by RRUs installed on the same

 pole or tower be configured on the same BBP and configured with baseband equipment.

Geographically adjacent intra-frequency cells should be established on the same BBP or theBBPs whose cells compose a connection set and be bound to baseband equipment.

This feature is based on multi-BBU interconnection. For details, see USU3900-based Multi-

 BBU Interconnection Feature Parameter Description and USU3910-based Multi-BBU 

 Interconnection Feature Parameter Description.

NOTE

When the BBP is restarted or reset, the cells are reestablished. The deployment information for these

cells may change and the coordinated cell lists may also change. These changes will affect the

 performance of UL CoMP.

Hardware Planning 

For details about the requirements for BBP models, see the "Requirements" section.

8.4 Deployment

8.4.1 Requirements

Operating Environment

LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated BBU requires the following features:

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP

 based on Coordinated BBU

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

97

Page 104: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 104/169

l LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP

l LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II.

LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated BBU takes effect only when this feature and

all its prerequisite features are enabled.

The following table describes the requirements for the operating environment.

Table 8-1 Requirements for the operating environment

Informationto BeCollected

Requirements

 Networking Multi-BBU interconnection

eNodeB type Macro eNodeBs

RRU model Macro-micro and micro-micro UL CoMP allows micro cells to be LPNs,

for example, RRU3220E.

BBP model LBBPd2, LBBPd3, UBBPd3, UBBPd4, UBBPd5, or UBBPd6

 Number of cells UL CoMP requires at least two intra-frequency cells in a connection set.

If UL CoMP is enabled in only one cell, it will not take effect.

Cell

configuration

l UL CoMP can be performed in inter-BBU inter-BBP cells. The

serving cell and coordinated cells must be configured in the same

connection set. For details, see 8.3 Planning.

l Inter-BBU cells that are geographically adjacent must be configured

as intra-frequency neighboring cells with different PCIs.

l The cells involved in UL CoMP must have the same frequency,

 bandwidth, and CP type. These cells can be all in 1R, 2R, or 4R 

mode; or some in 1R mode and the others in 2R mode.

l An LBBPd2, LBBPd3, UBBPd4, or UBBPd5 can be used to support

three 2R or 4R cells each with a bandwidth of 20, 15, 10, 5, 3, or 1.4

MHz.

l An LBBPd3 can be used to support six 2R or 4R cells each with a

 bandwidth of 20, 15, 10, 5, 3, or 1.4 MHz.

l A UBBPd3 can be used to support three 2R cells each with a

 bandwidth of 20, 15, 10, 5, 3, or 1.4 MHz.

l A UBBPd5 or UBBPd6 can be used to support six 2R or 4R cells

each with a bandwidth of 20, 15, 10, 5, 3, or 1.4 MHz.

l The cells can be set up on different models of LBBP, UBBP, or both.

l An LBBPd2, LBBPd3, UBBPd3, UBBPd4, UBBPd5, or UBBPd6

can be used to support 1R or 1R+2R UL CoMP.

l To support inter-BBU UL CoMP, the Cell.eNodeBId  parameter 

values of inter-BBU cells cannot be the same.

NOTE

4R UL CoMP can be performed in only two cells. It requires that the UE be a

type-1 UE, the modulation scheme be QPSK or 16QAM, and the networking

mode be any Cloud BB mode other than distributed Cloud BB.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP

 based on Coordinated BBU

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

98

Page 105: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 105/169

Informationto BeCollected

Requirements

Inter-RRU

distance

It is recommended that UL CoMP be used only when the distance

 between the RRUs of the serving cell and coordinated cells is not greater 

than 1000 m.

 

NOTE

The CellAlgoSwitch.UlJRAntNumCombSw parameter settings of the serving cell and coordinated cells

must be matched. For example, to enable 1R+2R UL CoMP, turn on the Ul1R2RJRSwitch for both 1R 

and 2R cells. Note that 2R UL CoMP and 4R UL CoMP are supported by default, without additional

 parameter settings.

Transmission Networking 

Time synchronization with a deviation less than 1.5 μs must be achieved between BBUs. (You

can use a a GPS clock to implement time synchronization. For details, see Synchronization

 Feature Parameter Description.) When clock quality does not meet the requirement,

LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated BBU is automatically disabled. When clock 

quality meets the requirement, this feature is automatically enabled.

LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated BBU requires that inter-BBU routes be

 planned. If BBUs are to be connected through USU3910, eX2 interfaces must be configured

 between BBUs. For details, see eX2 Self-Management Feature Parameter Description.

LicenseThe operator has purchased and activated the license for the feature listed in the following

table.

FeatureID

Feature Name Model LicenseControl Item

NE Sales Unit

LOFD-07

0223

UL CoMP based

on Coordinated

BBU

LT1SULC

BCB00

UL CoMP based

on Coordinated

BBU(FDD)

eNode

B

 per eNodeB

 

The number of eNodeBs that can use LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated BBU

is subject to the licensed number. If the number of eNodeBs is greater than the licensed

number, only the licensed number of eNodeBs can use this feature.

To deploy LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated BBU, the licenses for 

LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP and LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II

must be purchased and activated.

Other Features

For details, see 4.4 Features Related to LOFD-070223 UL CoMP based on CoordinatedBBU.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP

 based on Coordinated BBU

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

99

Page 106: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 106/169

8.4.2 Data Preparation

This section describes the data that you need to collect for setting parameters. Required data is

data that you must collect for all scenarios. Collect scenario-specific data when necessary for 

a specific feature deployment scenario.

There are three types of data sources:

l  Network plan (negotiation not required): parameter values planned and set by the

operator 

l  Network plan (negotiation required): parameter values planned by the operator and

negotiated with the EPC or peer transmission equipment

l User-defined: parameter values set by users

Required Data

The following table describes the parameters that must be set in a BaseBandEqm MO toconfigure baseband equipment information.

It is recommended that intra-frequency cells that are served by RRUs installed on the same

 pole or tower be configured on the same BBP, and intra-frequency cells that are

geographically adjacent but served by RRUs installed on different poles or towers be

configured in the same connection set. For details, see 8.3 Planning.

Table 8-2 Parameters related to baseband equipment

Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes

BasebandEquipment ID

BASEBANDEQM. B ASEBANDEQMID

 Network plan(negotiation not

required)

 None

Baseband

Equipment Type

BASEBANDEQM. B

 ASEBANDEQMTYP 

 E 

 Network plan

(negotiation not

required)

Set this parameter to

ULDL.

UMTS UL

Demodulation Mode

BASEBANDEQM.U 

 MTSDEMMODE 

 Network plan

(negotiation not

required)

Set this parameter to

NULL.

Cabinet No. of 

Process Unit n

CNn  Network plan

(negotiation notrequired)

n indicates the

cabinet number of the BBP, ranging

from 0 to 7.

Subrack No. of 

Process Unit n

SRNn  Network plan

(negotiation not

required)

n indicates the

subrack number of 

the BBP, ranging

from 0 to 1.

Slot No. of Process

Unit n

SNn  Network plan

(negotiation not

required)

n indicates the slot

number of the BBP,

ranging from 0 to 5.

 

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP

 based on Coordinated BBU

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

100

Page 107: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 107/169

The following table describes the parameters that must be set in an eUCellSectorEqm MO to

configure a set of sector equipment for a cell.

It is recommended that intra-frequency cells that are served by RRUs installed on the same

 pole or tower be configured on the same BBP.

Table 8-3 Parameters related to sector equipment for a cell

Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes

Local cell ID eUCellSectorEqm.

 LocalCellId 

 Network plan

(negotiation not

required)

 None

Sector equipment ID eUCellSectorEqm.

 SectorEqmId 

 Network plan

(negotiation not

required)

 None

Reference signal

 power 

eUCellSectorEqm.

 ReferenceSignalPw

 Network plan

(negotiation not

required)

 None

Baseband equipment

ID

eUCellSectorEqm.

 BaseBandEqmId 

 Network plan

(negotiation not

required)

 None

 

Scenario-specific Data

In addition to required data, scenario-specific data also needs to be configured.

1. The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the CellAlgoSwitch and

ENodeBAlgoSwitch MOs to configure UL CoMP based on coordinated BBU.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP

 based on Coordinated BBU

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

101

Page 108: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 108/169

Parameter Name

ParameterID

DataSource

Setting Notes

UplinkCo

mpSwitch

CellAlgoSwi

tch.UplinkC 

ompSwitch

 Network 

 plan

(negotiation

not required)

This parameter specifies whether to

enable UL CoMP for a cell.

Default value:

l UlJointReceptionSwitch:Off 

l UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch:Off 

l UlJointReception3CellSwitch:Off 

Recommended value:

l UlJointReceptionSwitch:On

l UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch:On

l UlJointReception3CellSwitch:On

Additional setting notes for macro-micro

scenarios:

Default value:

l UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch:Off 

l UlHetnetCompManualCoCellSw:Off 

l UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw:Off 

Recommended value:

l UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch:On

l UlHetnetCompManualCoCellSw:Off 

l UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw:On

(when the difference in CRS transmit

 power between macro and micro

cells is greater than or equal to 6 dB

and the micro cell is a common cell)

OverBBU

sSwitch

ENODEBA

LGOSWIT

CH.OverBB

UsSwitch

 Network 

 plan

(negotiation

not required)

This parameter specifies whether to

enable UL CoMP based on coordinated

BBU.

Inter-BBU UL CoMP is enabled when

UlJointReceptionSwitch,

UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch, and

UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch are

all turned on.

Default value: UlJointReceptionO-

verBBUsSwitch:Off 

Recommended value: UlJointReceptio-

nOverBBUsSwitch:On

 

2. The following table describes the parameter that must be set in the CellAlgoSwitch MO

to configure an IRC switch.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP

 based on Coordinated BBU

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

102

Page 109: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 109/169

Parameter Name

ParameterID

DataSource

Setting Notes

PUSCH

IRC

algorithm

switch

CellAlgoSwi

tch. PuschIrc

 AlgoSwitch

 Network plan

(negotiation

not required)

This parameter specifies a PUSCH IRC

algorithm.

The MrcIrcAdptSwitch option

specifies whether to enable adaptive

switching between MRC and IRC:

l Default value:

MrcIrcAdptSwitch:On

l Recommended value:

MrcIrcAdptSwitch:On

 

3. The following table describes the parameter that must be set in a CellUlCompAlgo MO

to configure a UL CoMP A3 offset.ParameterName

ParameterID

DataSource

Setting Notes

UlCompA3

Offset

CellUlCom

pAlgo.UlCo

mpA3Offset 

 Network plan

(negotiation

not required)

This parameter specifies a UL CoMP

A3 offset. The value range is from -30

to +30, with a unit of 0.5 dB.

Default value: -20.

Recommended value: -20

 

4. The following table describes the parameter that must be set in a CellAlgoSwitch MO toconfigure a combination of cell RX modes.

ParameterName

ParameterID

DataSource

Setting Notes

UL JR 

Antenna

 Number 

Combined

Switch

CellAlgoSw

itch.UlJRA

ntNumCom

bSw

 Network plan

(negotiation

not required)

This parameter specifies a combination

of receive modes for UL CoMP.

Default value:

l Ul1R1RJRSwitch:Off 

l Ul1R2RJRSwitch:Off 

Recommended value:

l Ul1R1RJRSwitch:Off 

l Ul1R2RJRSwitch:Off 

 

NOTE

2R UL CoMP and 4R UL CoMP are supported by default after the UL CoMP switch is turned on.

8.4.3 Precautions

It is recommended that intra-frequency cells that are served by RRUs installed on the same pole or tower be configured on the same BBP, and intra-frequency cells that are

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP

 based on Coordinated BBU

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

103

Page 110: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 110/169

geographically adjacent but served by RRUs installed on different poles or towers be

configured in the same connection set. For details, see 8.3 Planning.

8.4.4 Hardware Adjustment

It is recommended that UL CoMP be used only when the distance between the RRUs of the

serving cell and coordinated cells is not greater than 1000 m.

For details about USU installation, see USU3900 Installation Guide and USU3910

 Installation Guide.

8.4.5 Activation

8.4.5.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly DeployedeNodeBs

Enter the values of the parameters listed in the following table in a summary data file, which

also contains other data for the new eNodeBs to be deployed. Then, import the summary data

file into the CME for batch configuration. For detailed instructions, see "Creating eNodeBs in

Batches" in the initial configuration guide for the eNodeB, which is available in the eNodeB

 product documentation.

The summary data file may be a scenario-specific file provided by the CME or a customized

file, depending on the following conditions:

l The MOs in the following table are contained in a scenario-specific summary data file.

In this situation, set the parameters in the MOs, and then verify and save the file.

l Some MOs in the following table are not contained in a scenario-specific summary data

file. In this situation, customize a summary data file to include the MOs before you can

set the parameters.

Table 8-4 Parameters related to activation of this feature

MO Sheet in theSummary Data File

Parameter Group Remarks

CellUlCompAl

go

eNodeB Radio Data LocalCellId,

UlCompA3Offset

For parameter 

setting notes,

see 8.4.2 Data

Preparation.CellAlgoSwitc

h

eNodeB Radio Data LocalCellId,

UplinkCompSwitch,PuschIrcAlgoSwitch,

UlJRAntNumCombSw

ENodeBAlgoS

witch

eNodeB Radio Data OverBBUsSwitch

 

8.4.5.2 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Existing eNodeBs

Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to activate a feature on

existing eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for multiple eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure is as follows:

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP

 based on Coordinated BBU

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

104

Page 111: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 111/169

Step 1 Customize a summary data file with the MOs and parameters listed in section "Using the

CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs." For online help, press

F1 when a CME window is active, and select Managing the CME > CME Guidelines >

LTE Application Management > eNodeB Related Operations > Customizing a Summary

Data File for Batch eNodeB Configuration.

Step 2 Choose CME > LTE Application > Export Data > Export Base Station Bulk 

Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Export Data >

Export Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to export the eNodeB

data stored on the CME into the customized summary data file.

Step 3 In the summary data file, set the parameters in the MOs according to the setting notes

 provided in section "Data Preparation" and close the file.

Step 4 Choose CME > LTE Application > Import Data > Import Base Station Bulk 

Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Import Data >

Import Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to import the summary

data file into the CME, and then start the data verification.

Step 5 After data verification is complete, choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental

Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose Area Management > Planned Area > Export

Incremental Scripts (CME client mode), to export and activate the incremental scripts. For 

detailed operations, see Managing the CME > CME Guidelines > Script File Management

> Exporting Incremental Scripts from a Planned Data Area in the CME online help.

----End

8.4.5.3 Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration

On the CME, set the parameters listed in the "Data Preparation" section for a single eNodeB.

The procedure is as follows:

Step 1 In the planned data area, click Base Station in the upper left corner of the configuration

window.

Step 2 In area 1 shown in Figure 8-1, select the eNodeB to which the MOs belong.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP

 based on Coordinated BBU

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

105

Page 112: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 112/169

Figure 8-1 MO search and configuration window

Step 3 On the Search tab page in area 2, enter an MO name, for example, CELL.

Step 4 In area 3, double-click the MO in the Object Name column. All parameters in this MO are

displayed in area 4.

Step 5 Set the parameters in area 4 or 5.

Step 6 Choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (U2000 client mode), or 

choose Area Management > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (CME client

mode), to export and activate the incremental scripts.

----End

8.4.5.4 Using MML Commands

MML CommandsStep 1 Run the MOD CELLULCOMPALGO command to set a UL CoMP A3 offset.

MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3Offset=-20;

NOTE

The default value is recommended.

Step 2 To activate inter-BBU 2-cell UL CoMP for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated

BBU, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the

UIJointReceptionSwitch and UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch, and then run the MOD

ENODEBALGOSWITCH command to turn on the UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch for 

each cell involved.

l Macro-macro or micro-micro 2-cell UL CoMP

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP

 based on Coordinated BBU

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

106

Page 113: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 113/169

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1;

MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch-1;

l Macro-micro 2-cell UL CoMP

To activate macro-micro UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to setthe UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch, UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw , and

UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw for all macro and micro cells involved.

When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is less than 6 dB

or the micro cell is an SFN cell, run the following command:

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlHetnet

JointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-0;

MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch-1;

When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is greater than or 

equal to 6 dB and the micro cell is a common cell, run the following command:

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlHetnet

JointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-0&UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-1;

MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch-1;

To enable manual configuration of to-be measured neighboring cells in macro-micro scenarios

when the UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw  switch is on, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

command to turn on the corresponding switch and run the MOD

EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL  command to set the relationships between intra-frequency

macro and micro cells.

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-1;

MOD EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL: LocalCellId=0, Mcc="510", Mnc="990", eNodeBId=20043,

CellId=2, AttachCellSwitch=ON;

Step 3 To activate inter-BBU 3-cell UL CoMP for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated

BBU, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the

UlJointReceptionSwitch, UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch, and

UlJointReception3CellSwitch. Then, run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command

to turn on the UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch  for each cell involved.

l Macro-macro or micro-micro 3-cell UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlJointR

eception3CellSwitch-1;

MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch-1;

l Macro-micro 3-cell UL CoMP

To activate macro-micro UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to set

the UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch, UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw , and

UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw for all macro and micro cells involved.

When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is less than 6 dB

or the micro cell is an SFN cell, run the following command:

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlJointR

eception3CellSwitch-1&UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-

0;

MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch-1;

When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is greater than or equal to 6 dB and the micro cell is a common cell, run the following command:

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP

 based on Coordinated BBU

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

107

Page 114: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 114/169

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlJointR

eception3CellSwitch-1&UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-

0&UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-1;

MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch-1;

To enable manual configuration of to-be measured neighboring cells in macro-micro scenarioswhen the UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw  switch is on, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

command to turn on the corresponding switch and run the MOD

EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL  command to set the relationships between intra-frequency

macro and micro cells.

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-1;

MOD EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL: LocalCellId=0, Mcc="510", Mnc="990", eNodeBId=20043,

CellId=2, AttachCellSwitch=ON;

Step 4 To activate 1R UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the

Ul1R1RJRSwitch for each cell involved.

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-1;

Step 5 To activate 1R+2R UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the

Ul1R2RJRSwitch for each cell involved.

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-1;

Step 6 If the license for LOFD-001012 UL Interference Rejection Combining has been purchased

and activated, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the

MrcIrcAdptSwitch for each cell involved.

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;

----End

MML Command ExamplesNOTE

The commands for activating UL CoMP need to be executed for each cell involved. The following uses

the configuration of one cell as an example.

1. Macro-macro or micro-micro 2-cell UL CoMP

MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3Offset=-20;

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1;

MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch-1;

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;

//Activating 1R UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-1;

//Activating 1R+2R UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-1;

2. Macro-micro 2-cell UL CoMP

MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3Offset=-20;

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;

//When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is less than 6 dB

or the micro cell is an SFN cell, run the following command:

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlHetnet

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP

 based on Coordinated BBU

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

108

Page 115: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 115/169

JointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-0;

MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch-1;

//When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is greater than

or equal to 6 dB and the micro cell is a common cell, run the following command:

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlHetnet

JointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-0&UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-1;

MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch-1;

//Enabling manual configuration of to-be-measured neighboring cells in macro-micro

scenarios when the UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw  switch is on

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-1;

MOD EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL: LocalCellId=0, Mcc="510", Mnc="990", eNodeBId=20043,

CellId=2, AttachCellSwitch=ON;

//Activating 1R UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-1;

//Activating 1R+2R UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-1;

3. Macro-macro or micro-micro 3-cell UL CoMP

MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3Offset=-20;

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlJointR

eception3CellSwitch-1;

MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch-1;

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;

//Activating 1R UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-1;

//Activating 1R+2R UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-1;

4. Macro-micro 3-cell UL CoMP

MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3Offset=-20;

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;

//When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is less than 6 dBor the micro cell is an SFN cell, run the following command:

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlJointR

eception3CellSwitch-1&UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-

0;

MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch-1;

//When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is greater than

or equal to 6 dB and the micro cell is a common cell, run the following command:

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlJointR

eception3CellSwitch-1&UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-

0&UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-1;MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch-1;

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP

 based on Coordinated BBU

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

109

Page 116: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 116/169

//Enabling manual configuration of to-be-measured neighboring cells in macro-micro

scenarios when the UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw  switch is on

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-1;

MOD EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL: LocalCellId=0, Mcc="510", Mnc="990", eNodeBId=20043,

CellId=2, AttachCellSwitch=ON;

//Activating 1R UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-1;

//Activating 1R+2R UL CoMP

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-1;

8.4.6 Activation Observation

8.4.6.1 Using MML Commands

Run the DSP CELLULCOMPCLUSTER  command to query the coordinated cell list of one

cell or the coordinated cell lists of all cells of the eNodeB. The command output contains the

eNodeB IDs and local cell IDs of coordinated cells. If a coordinated cell list contains cells

with different eNodeB IDs, the feature has been activated.

8.4.6.2 Using Signaling 

If all A3-based features except UL CoMP are disabled, you can use signaling for activation

observation:

Step 1 Enable a UE to access a cell. Search Figure 8-2 for the RRC_ CONN_RECFG message.

Double-click the message to see the UL CoMP A3 measurement configuration delivered by

the eNodeB, as shown in Figure 8-3. If the A3 offset in the message is consistent with the

CellUlCompAlgo.UlCompA3Offset  parameter value, LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP has been activated.

Figure 8-2 Uu tracing results

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP

 based on Coordinated BBU

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

110

Page 117: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 117/169

Figure 8-3 UL CoMP A3 offset

Step 2 Move the UE to the edge between inter-BBU cells, or adjust the attenuator to simulate the cell

edge signal quality. Check the A3 measurement report sent by the UE to the eNodeB.

LOFD-070223 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II has been activated if the following

conditions are met: (1) The eNodeB determines that the UE is at the cell edge based on the A3

measurement report and selects this UE as a CoMP UE. (2) The eNodeB selects an inter-BBU

cell with the strongest signal as a coordinated cell.

Figure 8-4 UL CoMP A3 measurement report

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP

 based on Coordinated BBU

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

111

Page 118: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 118/169

Figure 8-5 UL CoMP A3 measurements

Step 3 Use the UE to perform uplink FTP services, and check the uplink throughput. If the uplink 

throughput is higher than that before feature activation, the feature takes effect as expected.

----End

8.4.6.3 Using Counters

If there are UEs that meet the feature activation requirements, you can use the

L.ChMeas.ULOverBBUCoMP.PRB.Avg (ID: 1526733197) counter to check whether the

feature has been activated. If the counter value is not 0, the feature has been activated.

8.4.7 Reconfiguration

 N/A

8.4.8 Deactivation

8.4.8.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration

Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to deactivate a feature on

eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for multiple

eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure for feature deactivation is similar to that for 

feature activation described in 8.4.5.2 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for

Existing eNodeBs. In the procedure, modify parameters according to the following table.

Table 8-5 Parameters related to deactivation of LOFD-070223 UL CoMP based onCoordinated BBU

MO Sheet in theSummary Data File

Parameter Group Remarks

CELLALGOS

WITCH

eNodeB Radio Data LocalCellId,

UplinkCompSwitch,

UlJRAntNumCombSw

User-defined

sheet

ENODEBALG

OSWITCH

eNodeB Radio Data OverBBUsSwitch User-defined

sheet

 

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP

 based on Coordinated BBU

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

112

Page 119: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 119/169

8.4.8.2 Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration

On the CME, set parameters according to 8.4.8.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch

Configuration. For detailed instructions, see 8.4.5.3 Using the CME to Perform Single

Configuration for feature activation.

8.4.8.3 Using MML Commands

MML Commands

l To deactivate 3-cell UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn

off the UlJointReception3CellSwitch for each cell involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReception3CellSwitch-0;

l To deactivate the selection of coordinated cells based on UL RSRP for macro-micro UL

CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn off the

UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw  switch for each cell involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-0;

l To deactivate macro-micro UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command

to turn off the UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch for each cell involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-0;

l To deactivate LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated BBU, run the MOD

ENODEBALGOSWITCH command to turn off the

UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch for each eNodeB involved.MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch-0;

l To deactivate 1R UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn off 

the Ul1R1RJRSwitch for each cell involved.

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-0;

l To deactivate 1R+2R UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to

turn off the Ul1R2RJRSwitch for each cell involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-0;

MML Command Examples

NOTE

To deactivate one type of UL CoMP, the corresponding command needs to be executed for each cell

involved. The following uses the configuration of one cell as an example.

l Deactivating 3-cell UL CoMPMOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReception3CellSwitch-0;

l Deactivating the selection of coordinated cells based on UL RSRP for macro-micro UL

CoMPMOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-0;

l Deactivating macro-micro UL CoMPMOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-0;

l Deactivating 1R UL CoMPMOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-0;

l Deactivating 1R+2R UL CoMPMOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-0;

lDeactivating LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated BBUMOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch-0;

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP

 based on Coordinated BBU

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

113

Page 120: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 120/169

8.5 Performance Monitoring 

The monitoring method is the same as that for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP.

8.6 Parameter Optimization

Generating PCI Conflict Alarms

PCI conflicts between intra-frequency neighboring cells have a negative impact on the

 performance of UL CoMP. You are advised to turn on the PCI conflict alarm switch so that

PCI collision or confusion can be reported. The command for turning on the switch is as

follows:

MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: PciConflictAlmSwitch=ON;

Setting SRS Parameters for Macro-Micro UL CoMP

If selection of coordinated cells based on UL RSRP is enabled for macro-micro UL CoMP,

the SRS configuration procedure does not work. Without SRS configuration, a cell cannot

 perform such a selection. Therefore, manually setting SRS parameters is required in this case.

To set SRS parameters, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Run the MOD SRSCFG command to set SrsCfgInd to BOOLEAN_TRUE,

FddSrsCfgMode to DEFAULTMODE, and SrsSubframeCfg based on the result of (PCI

mod 3) +3. The following assumes that the PCI is 0.MOD SRSCFG: LocalCellId=0, SrsSubframeCfg=SC3,SrsCfgInd=BOOLEAN_TRUE,

FddSrsCfgMode=DEFAULTMODE;

Step 2 Run the MOD CELLSRSADAPTIVECFG command to set SRS reporting period adaptation

 parameters. Set SrsPeriodAdaptive to OFF and UserSrsPeriodCfg to ms40.

MOD CELLSRSADAPTIVECFG: LocalCellId=0, SrsPeriodAdaptive=OFF, UserSrsPeriod=ms40;

----End

Adjusting SRS Parameters for UL CoMP in SFN Scenarios

SRS parameters are configured for SFN cells during cell setup. After SFN and UL CoMP are

 both enabled, the SRS configuration procedure does not work.

If a neighboring cell of an SFN cell does not have SRS parameters configured, this

neighboring cell cannot select the SFN cell for UL CoMP. If the neighboring cell has SRS

 parameters configured but it has the same start SRS subframe as the SFN cell or does not

have uplink-downlink subframe configuration SC3, SC4, or SC5, the neighboring cell also

cannot select the SFN cell for UL CoMP.

Run the following command to check the SRS parameters of each cell:LST SRSCFG: LocalCellId=0;

If a neighboring cell of an SFN cell does not have SRS parameters configured, the SFN cellcannot select it for UL CoMP.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP

 based on Coordinated BBU

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

114

Page 121: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 121/169

If a neighboring cell of an SFN cell has SRS parameters configured and the

FDDRESMODE.SfnCapabilityMode  parameter is set to NORMAL, you can adjust the

SRS parameters as follows:

1. Run the MOD SRSCFG command to set SrsCfgInd to BOOLEAN_TRUE,

FddSrsCfgMode to DEFAULTMODE, and SrsSubframeCfg based on the result of (PCI mod 3) +3. The following assumes that the PCI is 0.MOD SRSCFG: LocalCellId=0, SrsSubframeCfg=SC3,SrsCfgInd=BOOLEAN_TRUE,

FddSrsCfgMode=DEFAULTMODE;

2. Run the MOD CELLSRSADAPTIVECFG command to set SRS reporting period

adaptation parameters. Set SrsPeriodAdaptive to OFF and UserSrsPeriodCfg to ms40.MOD CELLSRSADAPTIVECFG:

LocalCellId=0,SrsPeriodAdaptive=OFF,UserSrsPeriod=ms40;

NOTICE

l Changing the SRS configuration of an in-service cell would result in the automatic reset of 

the cell.

l For the impact of SRS configuration on performance, see Physical Channel Resource

 Management Feature Parameter Description.

8.7 Troubleshooting 

Fault Description

After UL CoMP based on coordinated BBU is enabled, the uplink throughput of CEUs in a

cell does not increase under the same conditions as before this feature is enabled.

After UL CoMP based on coordinated BBU is enabled in the whole network, the values of the

counters L.ULCoMP.User.Avg (ID: 1526728338), L.ULCoMP.User.Max (ID: 1526728339),

and L.ULCoMP.RB (ID: 1526728340) of some or all cells remain 0.

Fault Handling 

Step 1 Check whether there are alarms such as those related to cell capability decrease or BBU

interconnection. If there is such an alarm, handle the alarm according to the instructions in

eNodeB Alarm Reference. If there is not such alarm, go to Step 2.

Step 2 Run the LST CELLALGOSWITCH and LST ENODEBALGOSWITCH commands to

check the UlJointReceptionSwitch, UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch, and

UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch settings. If any switch is turned off, turn it on and end

the troubleshooting. If all switches are turned on, go to Step 3.

Step 3 Run the DSP LICINFO command to check the Actual Used values of licenses Intra-

eNodeB UL CoMP(FDD), Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II(FDD), and UL CoMP based

on Coordinated BBU(FDD).

l If the Actual Used value of Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP(FDD) is 0, go to Step 4 and Step

5.

l If the Actual Used value of Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP(FDD) is not 0:

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP

 based on Coordinated BBU

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

115

Page 122: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 122/169

– If the Actual Used value of neither Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II(FDD) nor 

UL CoMP based on Coordinated BBU(FDD) is 0, go to Step 6 and Step 7.

– If the Actual Used value of Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II(FDD) or UL

CoMP based on Coordinated BBU(FDD) is 0, go to Step 8.

Step 4 Modify eNodeB configurations if they do not meet the UL CoMP deployment requirements.

Step 5 Check whether the cells are configured with mutually exclusive features described in 4.4

Features Related to LOFD-070223 UL CoMP based on Coordinated BBU. If yes, end the

troubleshooting. Otherwise, go to Step 8.

Step 6 Run the DSP CELLULCOMPCLUSTER  command to check the coordinated cell list. If 

there are coordinated cells, go to Step 7. Otherwise, go to Step 8.

Step 7 Check whether the cells selected for UL CoMP meet the requirements for the operating

environment. If the cells do not, end the troubleshooting. If the cells do, go to Step 8.

Step 8 Contact Huawei technical support.

----End

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP

 based on Coordinated BBU

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

116

Page 123: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 123/169

9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219

UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul

9.1 When to Use LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based onRelaxed Backhaul

When the inter-RRU distance is less than 1000 m in urban areas, LOFD-081219 UL CoMP

Based on Relaxed Backhaul is recommended because it can increase the average uplink 

throughput for cells and CEUs in the TTI bundling state.

In suburban, rural, and other areas where the inter-RRU distance is large, this feature is not

recommended.

You are advised to optimize parameter settings by referring to "Parameter Optimization" in

"Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP" to reduce the impact of 

signaling overhead in event A3 measurement reporting in one of the following situations:

l The uplink or downlink PRB usage is greater than 90%.

l The CCE usage is greater than 80%.

l The CPU usage is greater than 80%.

If there is intermodulation interference, solve this problem before using this feature.

9.2 Required Information

For details, see 9.4.1 Requirements.

NOTE

This feature shares system resources with SFN, CA, and CSPC. Before deploying this feature, contact

Huawei engineers for resource audit.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP

Based on Relaxed Backhaul

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

117

Page 124: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 124/169

9.3 Planning 

RF Planning 

 N/A

Network Planning 

When LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul is enabled, UL CoMP can be

 performed in cells in the same connection set.

If a BBU3900 is used, an intra-BBU connection set must contain at least one LBBPd or 

UBBPd installed in slot 2 or 3. If a BBU3910 is used, there is no restriction on an intra-BBU

connection set.

For intra-frequency cells covered by antennas installed on the same pole or tower, it is

recommended that these cells be set up on the same BBP and bound to baseband equipment.

Geographically adjacent intra-frequency cells should be established on the same BBP or the

BBPs whose cells compose a connection set and be bound to baseband equipment.

NOTE

When the BBP is restarted or reset, the cells are reestablished. The deployment information for these

cells may change and the coordinated cell lists may also change. These changes will affect the

 performance of UL CoMP.

Hardware Planning 

For the requirements of LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul for BBP

models in different scenarios, see Table 2-7.

9.4 Deployment

9.4.1 Requirements

Operating Environment

LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul requires the following features:

l LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP

l LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II

l LOFD-001048 TTI Bundling

LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul takes effect only when this feature and

all its prerequisite features are enabled.

The following table describes the requirements for the operating environment.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP

Based on Relaxed Backhaul

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

118

Page 125: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 125/169

Table 9-1 Requirements for the operating environment

Informationto BeCollected

Requirements

 Networking Relaxed backhaul

eNodeB type Macro eNodeBs

RRU model None

BBP model LBBPd2, LBBPd3, UBBPd3, UBBPd4, UBBPd5, or UBBPd6

 Number of 

cells

UL CoMP requires at least two intra-frequency cells in a connection set.

If UL CoMP is enabled in only one cell, it will not take effect.

Cell

configuration

l UL CoMP can be performed in inter-BBU inter-BBP cells. The

serving cell and coordinated cells must be in the same connection set

for UL CoMP.

l Inter-BBU cells that are geographically adjacent must be configured

as intra-frequency neighboring cells with different PCIs.

l The cells involved in UL CoMP must have the same frequency,

 bandwidth, CP type, and receive mode (2R).

l If a UBBPd3 or UBBPd4 is used to support GSM+LTE or UMTS

+LTE, UL CoMP based on relaxed backhaul cannot be implemented.

l An LBBPd2, UBBPd3, or UBBPd4 can be used to support three 2R 

cells each with a bandwidth of 20, 15, 10, 5, 3, or 1.4 MHz.

l An LBBPd3, UBBPd5, or UBBPd6 can be used to support six 2R 

cells each with a bandwidth of 20, 15, 10, 5, 3, or 1.4 MHz.

l The cells can be set up on different models of LBBP, UBBP, or both.

l To support inter-BBU UL CoMP, the Cell.eNodeBId  parameter 

values of inter-BBU cells cannot be the same.

NOTE

This feature requires that the modulation scheme be QPSK or 16QAM.

Inter-RRU

distance

It is recommended that UL CoMP be used only when the distance

 between the RRUs of the serving cell and coordinated cells is not greater 

than 1000 m.

 

Transmission Networking 

Time synchronization with a deviation less than 1.5 μs must be achieved between BBUs. (You

can use a GPS clock to implement time synchronization. For details, see Synchronization

 Feature Parameter Description.) When clock quality does not meet the requirement,

LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul is automatically disabled. When clock 

quality meets the requirement, this feature is automatically enabled.

This feature requires that inter-BBU routes be planned in advance to ensure connectivity of 

the routes. In addition, it requires that eX2 interfaces be used between BBUs. For details, see

eX2 Self-Management Feature Parameter Description.

One-way transmission delays between BBUs must be less than 4 ms. For details, see IP  Performance Monitor Feature Parameter Description. You can use the VS.IPPM.Rtt.Means

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP

Based on Relaxed Backhaul

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

119

Page 126: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 126/169

counter (ID: 1542455420) to obtain the average RTT on IP performance monitoring and

further obtain the average one-way transmission delay between BBUs.

The eNodeB periodically measures one-way transmission delays between the serving cell and

neighboring cells connected through a relaxed backhaul network. If a delay is greater than or 

equal to 4 ms, the eNodeB disables UL CoMP between the serving cell and the correspondingneighboring cell.

License

The operator has purchased and activated the license for the feature listed in the following

table.

Feature ID FeatureName

Model License ControlItem

NE Sales Unit

LOFD-081219 UL CoMP

Based onRelaxed

Backhaul

LT1SUL

CBRB00

UL CoMP Based

on RelaxedBackhaul(FDD)

eNodeB per eNodeB

 

To deploy LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul, the licenses for 

LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP and LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II

must be purchased and activated.

Other Features

For details, see 4.5 Features Related to LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on RelaxedBackhaul.

9.4.2 Data Preparation

This section describes the data that you need to collect for setting parameters. Required data is

data that you must collect for all scenarios. Collect scenario-specific data when necessary for 

a specific feature deployment scenario.

There are three types of data sources:

l  Network plan (negotiation not required): parameter values planned and set by the

operator 

l  Network plan (negotiation required): parameter values planned by the operator and

negotiated with the EPC or peer transmission equipment

l User-defined: parameter values set by users

Required Data

The following table describes the parameters that must be set in a BaseBandEqm MO to

configure baseband equipment information.

It is recommended that intra-frequency cells that are served by RRUs installed on the same

 pole or tower be configured on the same BBP, and intra-frequency cells that are

geographically adjacent but served by RRUs installed on different poles or towers beconfigured in the same connection set. For details, see 9.3 Planning.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP

Based on Relaxed Backhaul

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

120

Page 127: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 127/169

Table 9-2 Parameters related to baseband equipment

Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes

Baseband

Equipment ID

BASEBANDEQM. B

 ASEBANDEQMID

 Network plan

(negotiation notrequired)

-

Baseband

Equipment Type

BASEBANDEQM. B

 ASEBANDEQMTYP 

 E 

 Network plan

(negotiation not

required)

Set this parameter to

ULDL.

UMTS UL

Demodulation Mode

BASEBANDEQM.U 

 MTSDEMMODE 

 Network plan

(negotiation not

required)

Set this parameter to

NULL.

Cabinet No. of 

Process Unit n

CNn  Network plan

(negotiation not

required)

n indicates the

cabinet number of 

the BBP, rangingfrom 0 to 7.

Subrack No. of 

Process Unit n

SRNn  Network plan

(negotiation not

required)

n indicates the

subrack number of 

the BBP, ranging

from 0 to 1.

Slot No. of Process

Unit n

SNn  Network plan

(negotiation not

required)

n indicates the slot

number of the BBP,

ranging from 0 to 5.

 

The following table describes the parameters that must be set in an eUCellSectorEqm MO to

configure a set of sector equipment for a cell.

It is recommended that intra-frequency cells that are served by RRUs installed on the same

 pole or tower be configured on the same BBP.

Table 9-3 Parameters related to sector equipment for a cell

Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes

Local cell ID EUCELLSECTOR 

EQM. LocalCellId 

 Network plan

(negotiation not

required)

-

Sector equipment ID EUCELLSECTOR 

EQM. SectorEqmId 

 Network plan

(negotiation not

required)

-

Reference signal

 power 

EUCELLSECTOR 

EQM. ReferenceSig 

nalPwr 

 Network plan

(negotiation not

required)

-

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP

Based on Relaxed Backhaul

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

121

Page 128: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 128/169

Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes

Baseband equipment

ID

EUCELLSECTOR 

EQM. BaseBandEq

mId 

 Network plan

(negotiation not

required)

-

 

Scenario-specific Data

Before enabling LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul, you must set the

following parameters to prepare scenario-specific data.

The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the CellAlgoSwitch and

ENodeBAlgoSwitch MOs to configure UL CoMP based on coordinated BBU.

ParameterName

ParameterID

Data Source Setting Notes

UplinkCom

 pSwitch

CellAlgoSwit

ch.UplinkCo

mpSwitch

 Network plan

(negotiation

not required)

This parameter specifies whether to enable

UL CoMP for a cell.

Default value:

l UlJointReceptionSwitch:Off 

l UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch:Off 

l UlJointReception3CellSwitch:Off 

Recommended value:

l UlJointReceptionSwitch:On

l UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch:On

l UlJointReception3CellSwitch:On

OverBBUs

Switch

ENODEBAL

GOSWITCH

.OverBBUsS 

witch

 Network plan

(negotiation

not required)

This parameter specifies whether to enable

or disable UL CoMP based on coordinated

BBU.

Default value:

UlJROverRelaxedBHSw:Off 

Recommended value:

UlJROverRelaxedBHSw:On

UL CoMP based on relaxed backhaul can be used only when all the following

switches are turned on:

l UlJointReceptionSwitch

l UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch

l UlJROverRelaxedBHSw

 

The following table describes parameter that must be set in the CellAlgoSwitch MO to

configure an IRC switch.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP

Based on Relaxed Backhaul

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

122

Page 129: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 129/169

ParameterName

Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes

MRC/IRC

adaptation

switch

CellAlgoSwitch.

 MrcIrcAdptSwitc

h

 Network plan

(negotiation

not required)

The MrcIrcAdptSwitch parameter 

specifies whether to enable adaptive

switching between MRC and IRC.

Default value: ENABLE

Recommended value: ENABLE

 

The following table describes the parameter that must be set in a CellUlCompAlgo MO to

configure a UL CoMP A3 offset.

ParameterName

Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes

This

 parameter 

specifies an

A3 offset

for UL

CoMP

 based on

relaxed

 backhaul.

CellUlCompAlg

o.UlCompA3Off 

setForRelaxedB

 H 

 Network plan

(negotiation

not required)

This parameter specifies a UL CoMP

A3 offset. The value range is from -30

to +30, with a unit of 0.5 dB.

Default value: -6

Recommended value: -6

 

The following table describes parameter that must be set in the CellAlgoSwitch MO to

configure a TTI bundling switch.

ParameterName

Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes

Uplink 

schedule

switch

CellAlgoSwitch.

UlSchSwitch

 Network plan

(negotiation

not required)

This parameter specifies whether to

enable uplink scheduling in a cell. The

TtiBundlingSwitch option of this

 parameter specifies whether to enable

TTI bundling.

Default value: TtiBundlingSwitch:Off 

Recommended value:

TtiBundlingSwitch:On

 

9.4.3 Precautions

It is recommended that intra-frequency cells that are served by RRUs installed on the same

 pole or tower be configured on the same BBP, and intra-frequency cells that are

geographically adjacent but served by RRUs installed on different poles or towers beconfigured in the same connection set. For details, see 9.3 Planning.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP

Based on Relaxed Backhaul

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

123

Page 130: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 130/169

9.4.4 Hardware Adjustment

It is recommended that UL CoMP be used only when the distance between the RRUs of the

serving cell and coordinated cells is not greater than 1000 m.

9.4.5 Activation

9.4.5.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly DeployedeNodeBs

Enter the values of the parameters listed in Table 9-4 in a summary data file, which also

contains other data for the new eNodeBs to be deployed. Then, import the summary data file

into the CME for batch configuration. For detailed instructions, see "Creating eNodeBs in

Batches" in the initial configuration guide for the eNodeB, which is available in the eNodeB

 product documentation.

The summary data file may be a scenario-specific file provided by the CME or a customized

file, depending on the following conditions:

l The MOs in Table 9-4 are contained in a scenario-specific summary data file. In this

situation, set the parameters in the MOs, and then verify and save the file.

l Some MOs in Table 9-4 are not contained in a scenario-specific summary data file. In

this situation, customize a summary data file to include the MOs before you can set the

 parameters.

Table 9-4 Parameters related to activation of LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on

Relaxed Backhaul

MO Sheet intheSummaryData File

Parameter Group Remarks

CellUlCompAlgo eNodeB

Radio Data

LocalCellId,

UlCompA3OffsetForRelaxed

BH

User-defined

sheet

CellAlgoSwitch eNodeB

Radio Data

LocalCellId,

UplinkCompSwitch,

PuschIrcAlgoSwitch,

UlSchSwitch

User-defined

sheet

ENodeBAlgoSwitch eNodeB

Radio Data

OverBBUsSwitch User-defined

sheet

 

9.4.5.2 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Existing eNodeBs

Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to activate a feature on

existing eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for multiple eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure is as follows:

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP

Based on Relaxed Backhaul

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

124

Page 131: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 131/169

Step 1 Customize a summary data file with the MOs and parameters listed in section "Using the

CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs." For online help, press

F1 when a CME window is active, and select Managing the CME > CME Guidelines >

LTE Application Management > eNodeB Related Operations > Customizing a Summary

Data File for Batch eNodeB Configuration.

Step 2 Choose CME > LTE Application > Export Data > Export Base Station Bulk 

Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Export Data >

Export Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to export the eNodeB

data stored on the CME into the customized summary data file.

Step 3 In the summary data file, set the parameters in the MOs according to the setting notes

 provided in section "Data Preparation" and close the file.

Step 4 Choose CME > LTE Application > Import Data > Import Base Station Bulk 

Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Import Data >

Import Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to import the summary

data file into the CME, and then start the data verification.

Step 5 After data verification is complete, choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental

Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose Area Management > Planned Area > Export

Incremental Scripts (CME client mode), to export and activate the incremental scripts. For 

detailed operations, see Managing the CME > CME Guidelines > Script File Management

> Exporting Incremental Scripts from a Planned Data Area in the CME online help.

----End

9.4.5.3 Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration

On the CME, set the parameters listed in the "Data Preparation" section for a single eNodeB.

The procedure is as follows:

Step 1 In the planned data area, click Base Station in the upper left corner of the configuration

window.

Step 2 In area 1 shown in Figure 9-1, select the eNodeB to which the MOs belong.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP

Based on Relaxed Backhaul

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

125

Page 132: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 132/169

Figure 9-1 MO search and configuration window

NOTE

l To view descriptions of the parameters in the MO, click in area 4 and press F1.

l Area 5 displays the details of a selected area-4 entry in vertical format. Click the Details icon to show or 

hide this area.

Step 3 On the Search tab page in area 2, enter an MO name, for example, CELL.

Step 4 In area 3, double-click the MO in the Object Name column. All parameters in this MO are

displayed in area 4.

Step 5 Set the parameters in area 4 or 5.

Step 6 Choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose

Area Management > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (CME client mode), to

export and activate the incremental scripts.

----End

9.4.5.4 Using the CME to Perform Feature Configuration

Step 1 On the U2000 client, choose CME > Planned Area > Create Planned Area.

Step 2 In the displayed Create Planned Area dialog box, specify Planned area name, select the

eNodeB (for which UL CoMP based on relaxed backhaul is to be activated) on the Base

Station tab page under Available NEs, and click so that it is added to Selected NEs.

Then, click OK .

NOTE

You can select one or more eNodeBs in this step.

Step 3 Choose CME > Advanced > Feature Operation and Maintenance > Export FeatureCommission Data.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP

Based on Relaxed Backhaul

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

126

Page 133: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 133/169

Step 4 In the displayed dialog box, set Category to LTE, select LOFD-081219 UL CoMP based on

relaxed backhaul, and then click Next.

Step 5 Under Available Base Stations in the dialog box, select the eNodeB whose data is to be

exported. Click so that the eNodeB is added to Selected Base Stations. Then, click 

Next.

Step 6 In the dialog box, set Export as to the format (.xls or .xlsm) in which the exported data is to

 be saved. Click to the right of Export path to specify the save path. Then, click Next.

Step 7 Wait until the data is exported.

Step 8 Click the hyperlink to the save path. Alternatively, click Finish, and locate the exported file in

the save path.

Step 9 Set the non-UL-CoMP parameters suggested in the (eNodeB)comment.html  file in the save

 path, and then set UL CoMP parameters in the UL CoMP data file (for example,

LOFD-081219.xlsm). In the UL CoMP data file, you can click an MO on the Home sheetand set the parameters on the displayed sheet based on the network plan.

Step 10 After setting the parameters, choose CME > Advanced > Feature Operation and

Maintenance > Import Feature Commission Data on the U2000 client. In the displayed

dialog box, select the UL CoMP data file, and click Next.

Step 11 Wait until the file is imported, as shown in the following figure. Leave the Export

incremental script check box selected (default setting). Click Finish.

Step 12 In the displayed dialog box, check that the eNodeB is displayed in the Selected NEs area. Set

Encrypt script and Script Executor Operation. You are advised to set Script Executor

Operation to Launch script executor and activate exported project so that the script will

 be executed upon it is loaded. Then, click OK .

Step 13 In the displayed confirmation dialog box, click Yes. Data synchronization starts for the

eNodeB. If the Result is Success, UL CoMP based on relaxed backhaul has been activated.

----End

NOTE

After all steps are finished, you can run specific MML commands to verify that the parameter settings

take effect.

9.4.5.5 Using MML Commands

MML Commands

Step 1 Run the MOD CELLULCOMPALGO command to set a UL CoMP A3 offset.

MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3OffsetForRelaxedBH=-6;

NOTE

The default value is recommended.

Step 2 To activate inter-BBU 2-cell UL CoMP for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed

Backhaul, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the

UlJointReceptionSwitch and UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch for each cell involved. Then,

run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command to turn on the UlJROverRelaxedBHSwswitch for each eNodeB involved.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP

Based on Relaxed Backhaul

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

127

Page 134: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 134/169

2-cell UL CoMP:MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1;

MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJROverRelaxedBHSw-1;

Step 3 To activate inter-BBU 3-cell UL CoMP for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed

Backhaul, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the

UlJointReceptionSwitch, UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch, and

UlJointReception3CellSwitch for each cell involved. Then, run the MOD

ENODEBALGOSWITCH command to turn on the UlJROverRelaxedBHSw switch for 

each eNodeB involved.

3-Cell UL CoMPMOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlJointR

eception3CellSwitch-1;

MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJROverRelaxedBHSw-1;

Step 4 If the license for LOFD-001048 TTI Bundling has been purchased and activated, run the

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the TtiBundlingSwitch for each cellinvolved.

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlSchSwitch=TtiBundlingSwitch-1;

Step 5 If the license for LOFD-001012 UL Interference Rejection Combining has been purchased

and activated, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the

MrcIrcAdptSwitch for each cell involved.

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;

----End

MML Command Examples

NOTE

The commands for activating UL CoMP need to be executed for each cell involved. The following uses

the configuration of one cell as an example.

2-Cell UL CoMP

MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3OffsetForRelaxedBH=-6;

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1;

MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch= UlJROverRelaxedBHSw-1;

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlSchSwitch=TtiBundlingSwitch-1;

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;

3-Cell UL CoMP

MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3OffsetForRelaxedBH=-6;MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlJointR

eception3CellSwitch-1;

MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch= UlJROverRelaxedBHSw-1;

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlSchSwitch=TtiBundlingSwitch-1;

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;

9.4.6 Activation Observation

9.4.6.1 Using MML Commands

Run the DSP CELLULCOMPCLUSTER  command to query the coordinated cell list of onecell or the coordinated cell lists of all cells of the eNodeB. The command output contains the

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP

Based on Relaxed Backhaul

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

128

Page 135: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 135/169

eNodeB IDs and local cell IDs of coordinated cells. If a coordinated cell list contains cells

with different eNodeB IDs, the feature has been activated.

9.4.6.2 Using Counters

If there are UEs that meet the feature activation requirements, you can use the counters

L.ChMeas.ULRelaxedBHCoMP.PRB.Avg (ID: 1526737762) and

L.ULCoMP.ULRelaxedBHCoMP.User.Avg (ID: 1526737763) to check whether the feature

has been activated. If the value of any of the counters is not 0, this feature has been activated.

9.4.7 Reconfiguration

 N/A

9.4.8 Deactivation

9.4.8.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration

Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to deactivate a feature on

eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for multiple

eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure for feature deactivation is similar to that for 

feature activation described in 9.4.5.2 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for

Existing eNodeBs. In the procedure, modify parameters according to the following table.

Table 9-5 Parameters related to deactivation of LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on

Coordinated BBU

MO Sheet in theSummary Data File Parameter Group Remarks

ENodeBAlgoS

witch

eNodeB Radio Data OverBBUsSwitch User-defined

sheet

 

9.4.8.2 Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration

On the CME, set parameters according to 9.4.8.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch

Configuration. For detailed instructions, see 9.4.5.3 Using the CME to Perform Single

Configuration described for feature activation.

9.4.8.3 Using MML Commands

MML Commands

l To deactivate 3-cell UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn

off the UlJointReception3CellSwitch for each cell involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReception3CellSwitch-0;

l To deactivate LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul, run the MOD

ENODEBALGOSWITCH command to turn off the UlJROverRelaxedBHSw for each

eNodeB involved.MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJROverRelaxedBHSw-0;

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP

Based on Relaxed Backhaul

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

129

Page 136: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 136/169

MML Command Examples

NOTE

To deactivate one type of UL CoMP, the corresponding command needs to be executed for each cell or 

eNodeB involved. The following uses the configurations of one cell and one eNodeB as an example.

l Deactivating 3-cell UL CoMPMOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,

UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReception3CellSwitch-0;

l Deactivating LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed BackhaulMOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJROverRelaxedBHSw-0;

9.5 Performance Monitoring 

After this feature is activated, you can use the following counters for monitoring.

Table 9-6 Counters related to this feature

Counter Expected Result

L.Traffic.UL.PktLoss.Loss.QCI.1

L.Traffic.UL.PktLoss.Tot.QCI.1

After UL CoMP based on relaxed backhaul takes

effect, the IBLER and uplink packet loss rate of QCI

1 services decrease.

Uplink packet loss rate for QCI 1 services =

L.Traffic.UL.PktLoss.Loss.QCI.1/

L.Traffic.UL.PktLoss.Tot.QCI.1

where

l L.Traffic.UL.PktLoss.Loss.QCI.1: Number of lost uplink PDCP SDUs for services carried on

DRBs with a QCI of 1 in a cell

l L.Traffic.UL.PktLoss.Tot.QCI.1: Number of 

expected uplink PDCP SDUs for services carried

on DRBs with a QCI of 1 in a cell

L.ULCoMP.ULRelaxedBHCoMP.U

ser.Avg

L.ChMeas.ULRelaxedBHCoMP.PR 

B.Avg

The more the number of UEs and PRBs available for 

UL CoMP based on relaxed backhaul, the higher the

gains.

 

Monitoring the packet loss rate for QCI 1 services

The following table describes the required counters.

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description

1526727961 L.Traffic.UL.PktLoss.Loss.QCI.1 Number of lost uplink PDCP

SDUs for services carried on

DRBs with a QCI of 1 in a cell

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP

Based on Relaxed Backhaul

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

130

Page 137: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 137/169

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description

1526727962 L.Traffic.UL.PktLoss.Tot.QCI.1 Number of expected uplink PDCP

SDUs for services carried on

DRBs with a QCI of 1 in a cell

 

Monitoring the number of UL CoMP UEs and PUSCH PRBs

The following table describes the required counters.

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description

1526737763 L.ULCoMP.ULRelaxedBHCoMP.

User.Avg

Average number of UEs selected

for UL CoMP based on relaxed

 backhaul in a cell

1526737762 L.ChMeas.ULRelaxedBHCoMP.P

RB.Avg

Average number of PRBs selected

for UL CoMP based on relaxed

 backhaul

 

9.6 Parameter Optimization

When LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul is enabled, its performance is

affected if intra-frequency neighboring cells have a PCI conflict. You are advised to turn on

the PCI conflict alarm switch so that PCI collision or confusion can be reported. Thecommand for turning on the switch is as follows:

MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: PciConflictAlmSwitch=ON;

9.7 Troubleshooting 

Fault Description

After LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul is enabled, the uplink throughput

of CEUs in a cell does not increase under the same conditions as before this feature is

enabled.

After LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul is enabled in the whole network,

the values of counters L.ULCoMP.User.Avg (ID: 1526728338), L.ULCoMP.User.Max (ID:

1526728339), and L.ULCoMP.RB (ID: 1526728340) of some or all cells remain 0.

Fault Handling 

Step 1 Check related alarms, for example, an alarm that indicates the capacity of a cell decreases. If 

there is such an alarm, handle the alarm according to the instructions in eNodeB Alarm

 Reference. If there is not such alarm, go to Step 2.

Step 2 Run the LST CELLALGOSWITCH and LST ENODEBALGOSWITCH commands tocheck the UlJointReceptionSwitch, UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch,

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP

Based on Relaxed Backhaul

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

131

Page 138: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 138/169

UlJROverRelaxedBHSw, and TtiBundlingSwitch settings. If any switch is turned off, turn

it on and end the troubleshooting. If all switches are turned on, go to Step 3.

Step 3 Run the DSP LICINFO command to check the Actual Used values of licenses Intra-

eNodeB UL CoMP(FDD), Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II(FDD), and UL CoMP based

on Relaxed Backhaul(FDD).

l If the Actual Used value of Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP(FDD) is 0, go to Step 4 and Step

5.

l If the Actual Used value of Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP(FDD) is not 0:

– If the Actual Used value of neither Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II(FDD) nor 

UL CoMP based on Relaxed Backhaul(FDD) is 0, go to Step 6 and Step 7.

– If the Actual Used value of Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II(FDD) or UL

CoMP based on Relaxed Backhaul(FDD) is 0, go to Step 8.

Step 4 Modify eNodeB configurations if they do not meet the UL CoMP deployment requirements.

Step 5 Check whether the cells are configured with mutually exclusive features described in 4.5Features Related to LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul . If yes, end the

troubleshooting. Otherwise, go to Step 8.

Step 6 Run the DSP CELLULCOMPCLUSTER  command to check the coordinated cell list. If 

there are coordinated cells, go to Step 7. Otherwise, go to Step 8.

Step 7 Check whether the cells selected for UL CoMP meet the requirements for the operating

environment. If the cells do not, end the troubleshooting. If the cells do, go to Step 8.

Step 8 Contact Huawei technical support.

----End

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP

Based on Relaxed Backhaul

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

132

Page 139: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 139/169

10 Parameters

Table 10-1 Parameters

MO Parameter ID

MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

ENodeB

AlgoSwi

tch

OverBB

UsSwitc

h

MOD

ENODE

BALGO

SWITC

H

LST

ENODE

BALGOSWITC

H

LOFD-0

70223

LAOFD

-001001

01

LAOFD

-001001

02

LAOFD

-001002

/

TDLAO

FD-001

002

LAOFD

-001002

02 /

TDLAO

FD-001

00202

LAOFD

-070201

/

TDLAO

FD-070

201

LAOFD

-070202

UL

CoMP

 based on

Coordin

ated

BBU

Intra-

BandCarrier 

Aggrega

tion for 

Downlin

k 2CC

in

20MHz

Inter-

Band

Carrier 

Aggregation for 

Downlin

k 2CC

in

20MHz

Carrier 

Aggrega

tion for 

Downlin

k 2CC

in

40MHz

Meaning:

Indicates whether to enable inter-BBU coordinating

algorithms. This parameter consists of the following

switches:

UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch:

Indicates whether to enable uplink coordinated multi- point (UL CoMP) between cells established on BBPs

in different BBUs. This function is enabled only when

this switch is on.

FreqCfgCaOverBBUsSwitch:

Indicates whether to enable inter-BBU carrier 

aggregation (CA) in scenarios where CA is configured

 based on frequencies. Inter-BBU CA is enabled in the

 preceding scenarios only when this switch is on. This

switch takes effect only when FreqCfgSwitch of the

CaAlgoSwitch parameter in the ENodeBAlgoSwitch

MO is on. Inter-BBU CA is enabled only when this

switch is on.

UlJROverRelaxedBHSw: Indicates whether to enable

the relaxed-backhaul-based inter-BBU coordinating

algorithm.

UlJROverRelaxedBHSw:

Indicates whether to enable uplink coordinated multi-

 point (UL CoMP) between cells established on BBPs

in different BBUs. This function is enabled only when

this switch is on.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

133

Page 140: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 140/169

MO Parameter ID

MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

TDLAO

FD-001

00111

LOFD-0

81219

TDLOF

D-08120

7

Support

of UE

Categor 

y 6

Flexible

CA

from

Multiple

Carriers

Inter-

eNodeB

CA

 based on

Coordin

ated

BBU

Intra-

 band

Carrier 

Aggrega

tion for 

Downlin

k 2CC

in30MHz

UL

CoMP

 based on

relaxed

 backhau

l

UL

CoMP

 based on

Coordinated

BBU

UlSfnJROverBBUsSwitch: Indicates whether to

enable UL CoMP in inter-BBU SFN cells.

UlSfnJROverBBUsSwitch:

UL CoMP is enabled in inter-BBU SFN cells only

when this switch is on. This switch applies to LTE

TDD only.

GUI Value Range: UlJointReceptionOverBBUsS-

witch(UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch),

FreqCfgCaOverBBUsSwitch(FreqCfgCaOverBBUsS-

witch),

UlJROverRelaxedBHSw(UlJROverRelaxedBHSw),

UlSfnJROverBBUsSwitch(UlSfnJROverBBUsS-witch)

Unit: None

Actual Value Range: UlJointReceptionOverBBUsS-

witch, FreqCfgCaOverBBUsSwitch,

UlJROverRelaxedBHSw, UlSfnJROverBBUsSwitch

Default Value: UlJointReceptionOverBBUsS-

witch:Off, FreqCfgCaOverBBUsSwitch:Off,

UlJROverRelaxedBHSw:Off, UlSfnJROverBBUsS-

witch:Off 

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

134

Page 141: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 141/169

MO Parameter ID

MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

CellUlC

ompAlg

o

UlComp

A3Offse

tForRela

xedBH

MOD

CELLU

LCOMP

ALGO

LST

CELLU

LCOMP

ALGO

LOFD-0

81219

UL

CoMP

 based on

relaxed

 backhau

l

Meaning: Indicates the offset for reporting the UL

CoMP event. This offset is the difference between the

signal quality of a neighboring cell and that of the

serving cell. A larger value indicates that a

neighboring cell must have better quality for the

reporting of the event. For details, see 3GPP TS

36.331.

GUI Value Range: -30~30

Unit: 0.5dB

Actual Value Range: -15~15

Default Value: -6

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

135

Page 142: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 142/169

MO Parameter ID

MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

CellAlg

oSwitch

UplinkC

ompSwi

tch

MOD

CELLA

LGOSW

ITCH

LST

CELLA

LGOSW

ITCH

LOFD-0

01066 /

TDLOF

D-00106

6

LOFD-0

70222

LOFD-0

70223

LAOFD

-080203

LOFD-081219

LAOFD

-070213

LAOFD

-070214

Intra-

eNodeB

UL

CoMP

Intra-

eNodeB

UL

CoMP

Phase II

UL

CoMP

 based on

Coordin

ated

BBU

Hetnet

UL

CoMP

UL

CoMP

 based on

relaxed

 backhau

l

Intra-

eNodeB

UL

CoMP

Phase II

UL

CoMP

 based on

Coordin

ated

BBU

Meaning:

Indicates whether to enable Uplink Coordinated

Multiple Points Reception (UL CoMP) for a cell.

If all of UlJointReceptionSwitch, UlJointReception-

PhaseIISwitch, UlJointReception3CellSwitch, and

UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch of this parameter are

off, UL CoMP is disabled.

If UlJointReceptionSwitch is on, UlJointReception-

PhaseIISwitch is off, UlJointReception3CellSwitch is

off, and UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch is off, intra-

site UL CoMP is enabled, and each UE supports UL

CoMP in at most two cells.

If UlJointReceptionSwitch is on, UlJointReception-

PhaseIISwitch is on, UlJointReception3CellSwitch is

off, and UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch is off, intra-

BBU intra-site and inter-site UL CoMP is enabled in

cloud BB scenarios, and each UE supports UL CoMP

in at most two cells.

If UlJointReceptionSwitch is on, UlJointReception-

PhaseIISwitch is on, UlJointReception3CellSwitch is

on, and UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch is off, intra-

BBU intra-site and inter-site UL CoMP is enabled incloud BB scenarios, and each UE supports UL CoMP

in at most three cells.

If UlJointReceptionSwitch is on, UlJointReception-

PhaseIISwitch is on, UlJointReception3CellSwitch is

off, and UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch is on, UL

CoMP is enabled in HetNet networking, intra-BBU

intra-site and inter-site UL CoMP is enabled in cloud

BB scenarios, and each UE supports UL CoMP in at

most two cells.

If UlJointReceptionSwitch is on, UlJointReception-

PhaseIISwitch is on, UlJointReception3CellSwitch ison, and UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch is on, UL

CoMP is enabled in HetNet networking, intra-BBU

intra-site and inter-site UL CoMP is enabled in cloud

BB scenarios, and each UE supports UL CoMP in at

most three cells.

UlCompRollbackSwitch controls whether a CoMP UE

is not selected any more in UL CoMP and becomes a

non-CoMP UE. If this switch is on, the eNodeB

detects signal qualities and interference changes of the

serving and coordinating cells of a CoMP UE in real

time. If the eNodeB detects that the interference from

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

136

Page 143: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 143/169

MO Parameter ID

MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

signals of UEs in the coordinating cell cannot be

mitigated using UL CoMP, the eNodeB no longer 

selects the CoMP UE in UL CoMP, and the UE

 becomes a non-CoMP UE. If this switch is off, the

eNodeB always selects the CoMP UE in UL CoMP,

and the UE will never become a non-CoMP UE. This

 parameter applies only to cells established on LBBPc

 boards.

UlJointReception3CellSwitch controls whether three-

cell UL CoMP is enabled in the serving cell. The

coordinating cell cannot know whether itself is

involved in three-cell UL CoMP. Assume

UlJointReception3CellSwitch is on for cell A and

UlJointReceptionSwitch is on for cell B. Then, three-

cell UL CoMP is enabled in cell A that acts as the

serving cell while three-cell UL CoMP does not need

to be enabled in cell B that acts as a coordinating cell.

This switch applies only to FDD cells.

UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw: If this option is

deselected, the measurement neighboring cell set of 

this macro cell or the macro cell to which this micro

cell belongs is dynamically obtained. If this option is

selected, the measurement neighboring cell set of this

macro cell and the macro cell to which this micro cell belongs is manually configured.

UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw: If this option is

deselected, the coordinating cell set consisting of 

macro and micro cells is selected based on the

reporting of event A3. If this option is selected, the

coordinating cell set consisting of macro cells is

selected based on the reporting of event A3, and the

coordinating cell set consisting of macro and micro

cells is selected based on the measurements of uplink 

RSRP or based on the reporting of event A3. This

option takes effect only when the UlHetnetJointRe-ceptionSwitch option is selected.

GUI Value Range: UlJointReceptionS-

witch(UlJointReceptionSwitch), UlJointReception-

PhaseIISwitch(UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch),

UlCompRollbackSwitch(UlCompRollbackSwitch),

UlJointReception3CellSwitch(UlJointReception3Cell

Switch), UlHetnetJointReceptionS-

witch(UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch),

UlHetnetCompManualN-

cellCfgSw(UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw),

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

137

Page 144: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 144/169

MO Parameter ID

MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw(UlHetnetCompOnUlRsr 

 pSw)

Unit: None

Actual Value Range: UlJointReceptionSwitch,

UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch, UlCompRollbackS-

witch, UlJointReception3CellSwitch,

UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch,

UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw,

UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw

Default Value: UlJointReceptionSwitch:Off,

UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch:Off,

UlCompRollbackSwitch:On,UlJointReception3CellSwitch:Off, UlHetnetJointRe-

ceptionSwitch:Off, UlHetnetCompManualN-

cellCfgSw:Off, UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw:Off 

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

138

Page 145: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 145/169

MO Parameter ID

MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

CellAlg

oSwitch

UlJRAnt

 NumCo

mbSw

MOD

CELLA

LGOSW

ITCH

LST

CELLA

LGOSW

ITCH

LOFD-0

01066 /

TDLOF

D-00106

6

LOFD-0

70222 /

TDLOF

D-08120

8

LOFD-0

70223 /

TDLOF

D-08120

7

LOFD-0

03029

LOFD-0

70205

Intra-

eNodeB

UL

CoMP

Intra-

eNodeB

UL

CoMP

Phase II

UL

CoMP

 based on

Coordin

ated

BBU

SFN

Adaptiv

e SFN/

SDMA

Meaning:

Indicates whether to enable UL CoMP among cells

each with the specific number of RX antennas.

Ul1R1RJRSwitch: Indicates whether to enable UL

CoMP among cells each with one RX antenna. If this

option is selected, UL CoMP is enabled among such

cells. You are advised to select this option when the

serving cell and coordinating cells are not connected

 based on relaxed backhaul. If this option is deselected,

UL CoMP among such cells is disabled. This option

applies only to LTE FDD.

Ul1R2RJRSwitch: Indicates whether to enable ULCoMP among cells each with one RX antenna and

cells each with two RX antennas. If this option is

selected, UL CoMP among such cells is enabled. You

are advised to select this option when the serving cell

and coordinating cells are not connected based on

relaxed backhaul. If this option is deselected, UL

CoMP among such cells is disabled. This option

applies only to LTE FDD.

Ul2R8RJRSwitch: Indicates whether to enable UL

CoMP among cells each with two RX antennas and

cells each with eight RX antennas. If this option isselected, UL CoMP among such cells is enabled. If 

this option is deselected, UL CoMP among such cells

is disabled. This option applies only to LTE TDD cells

in cell combination scenarios.

Ul4R8RJRSwitch: Indicates whether to enable UL

CoMP among cells each with four RX antennas and

cells each with eight RX antennas. If this option is

selected, UL CoMP among such cells is enabled. If 

this option is deselected, UL CoMP among such cells

is disabled. This option applies only to LTE TDD.

Ul8R8RJRSwitch: Indicates whether to enable UL

CoMP among cells each with eight RX antennas. If 

this option is selected, UL CoMP among such cells is

enabled. If this option is deselected, UL CoMP among

such cells is disabled. This option applies only to LTE

TDD.

UL CoMP among cells each with two RX antennas or 

cells each with four RX antennas is enabled by default

in the scenarios indicated by specific options under 

the UplinkCompSwitch or SfnUplinkCompSwitch

 parameter when the options are selected.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

139

Page 146: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 146/169

MO Parameter ID

MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

GUI Value Range:

Ul1R1RJRSwitch(Ul1R1RJRSwitch),

Ul1R2RJRSwitch(Ul1R2RJRSwitch),

Ul2R8RJRSwitch(Ul2R8RJRSwitch),

Ul4R8RJRSwitch(Ul4R8RJRSwitch),

Ul8R8RJRSwitch(Ul8R8RJRSwitch)

Unit: None

Actual Value Range: Ul1R1RJRSwitch,

Ul1R2RJRSwitch, Ul2R8RJRSwitch,

Ul4R8RJRSwitch, Ul8R8RJRSwitch

Default Value: Ul1R1RJRSwitch:Off,

Ul1R2RJRSwitch:Off, Ul2R8RJRSwitch:Off,Ul4R8RJRSwitch:Off, Ul8R8RJRSwitch:Off 

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

140

Page 147: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 147/169

MO Parameter ID

MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

CellAlg

oSwitch

PuschIrc

AlgoSwi

tch

MOD

CELLA

LGOSW

ITCH

LST

CELLA

LGOSW

ITCH

LOFD-0

01012 /

TDLOF

D-00101

2

UL

Interfere

nce

Rejectio

n

Combini

ng

Meaning:

Indicates the interference rejection combining (IRC)

algorithm applied to the PUSCH. This parameter 

includes the following switches:

MrcIrcAdptSwitch: Indicates whether to apply

MRC/IRC adaptation on the PUSCH.

SmartIrcSwitch: Indicates whether to apply enhanced

8R IRC algorithm to the PUSCH. This switch applies

only to 8R and 4R CoMP scenarios in TDD macro

eNodeBs.

MrcIrcAdaptivefor2R: Indicates whether to applyMRC/IRC adaptation on the PUSCH in 2R scenarios.

This switch takes effect only when MrcIrcAdptSwitch

is on. If MrcIrcAdaptivefor2R is on, IRC is applied to

the PUSCH in 2R scenarios. If MrcIrcAdaptivefor2R 

is off, MRC/IRC adaptation is applied to the PUSCH

in 2R scenarios.

In 2R cells established on LBBPc boards: If 

MrcIrcAdptSwitch is on, IRC applies to the PUSCH.

If MrcIrcAdptSwitch is off, MRC applies to the

PUSCH.

In 2R cells established on LBBPd boards: The setting

of MrcIrcAdaptivefor2R takes effect only when

MrcIrcAdptSwitch is on. If MrcIrcAdptSwitch and

MrcIrcAdaptivefor2R are on, MRC/IRC adaptation

applies to the PUSCH. If MrcIrcAdptSwitch is on and

MrcIrcAdaptivefor2R is off, IRC applies to the

PUSCH. If MrcIrcAdptSwitch is off, MRC applies to

the PUSCH.

In 2R cells established on the UBBP boards: If 

MrcIrcAdptSwitch is on, MRC/IRC adaptation applies

to the PUSCH. If MrcIrcAdptSwitch is off, MRC

applies to the PUSCH.

In 4R cells established on the LBBPc, LBBPd, or 

UBBP boards: If MrcIrcAdptSwitch is on, MRC/IRC

adaptation applies to the PUSCH. If 

MrcIrcAdptSwitch is off, MRC applies to the PUSCH.

GUI Value Range:

MrcIrcAdptSwitch(MrcIrcAdptSwitch),

SmartIrcSwitch(SmartIrcSwitch),

MrcIrcAdaptivefor2R(MrcIrcAdaptivefor2R)

Unit: None

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

141

Page 148: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 148/169

MO Parameter ID

MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

Actual Value Range: MrcIrcAdptSwitch,

SmartIrcSwitch, MrcIrcAdaptivefor2R 

Default Value: MrcIrcAdptSwitch:On,

SmartIrcSwitch:Off, MrcIrcAdaptivefor2R:Off 

CellUlC

ompAlg

o

UlComp

A3Offse

t

MOD

CELLU

LCOMP

ALGO

LST

CELLU

LCOMP

ALGO

LOFD-0

01066 /

TDLOF

D-00106

6

Intra-

eNodeB

UL

CoMP

Meaning: Indicates the offset for UL CoMP event A3.

A larger value indicates that a neighboring cell must

have better quality for the reporting of the event. For 

details, see 3GPP TS 36.331.

GUI Value Range: -30~30

Unit: 0.5dB

Actual Value Range: -15~15Default Value: -20

CellUlsc

hAlgo

UlHoppi

ngType

MOD

CELLU

LSCHA

LGO

LST

CELLU

LSCHA

LGO

LBFD-0

02025 /

TDLBF

D-00202

5

LOFD-0

01015 /

TDLOF

D-00101

5

Basic

Scheduli

ng

Enhance

d

Scheduli

ng

Meaning:

Indicates whether frequency hopping (FH) is enabled

or disabled and which FH type is used.

Hopping_OFF: indicates that FH is disabled.

Hopping_Type1: indicates that adaptive FH is enabled

and FH type 1 is used. In this scenario, UEs in the cell

can determine whether to use FH based on the actual

situation.

Hopping_Type2: indicates that adaptive FH is enabled

and FH type 2 is used. In this scenario, UEs in the cell

can determine whether to use FH based on the actual

situation.

Hopping_Type2_RANDOM: indicates that random

FH is enabled and FH type 2 is used. In this scenario,

all UEs in the cell use FH.

GUI Value Range: HOPPING_OFF(Hopping off),

HOPPING_TYPE1(Hopping Type 1),

HOPPING_TYPE2(Hopping Type 2),

HOPPING_TYPE2_RANDOM(Hopping Type 2Random)

Unit: None

Actual Value Range: HOPPING_OFF,

HOPPING_TYPE1, HOPPING_TYPE2,

HOPPING_TYPE2_RANDOM

Default Value: HOPPING_OFF(Hopping off)

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

142

Page 149: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 149/169

MO Parameter ID

MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

Cell MultiRr  

uCellMo

de

ADD

CELL

MOD

CELL

LST

CELL

LOFD-0

03029 /

TDLOF

D-00107

5

LOFD-0

70205 /

TDLOF

D-00200

8

TDLOF

D-00109

8

TDLOF

D-00108

0

TDLOF

D-00108

1

TDLOF

D-00108

2

SFN

Adaptiv

e SFN/

SDMA

Inter-

BBP

SFN

Inter-

BBU

SFN

Inter-

BBPAdaptiv

e SFN/

SDMA

Inter-

BBU

Adaptiv

e SFN/

SDMA

Meaning: Indicates the type of the multi-RRU cell.

GUI Value Range: SFN(SFN),

CELL_COMBINATION(Cell Combination),

TWO_RRU_COMBINATION(TWO RRU

Combination), DIGITAL_COMBINATION(Cell

Digital Combination),

MPRU_AGGREGATION(MPRU_AGGREGATION)

Unit: None

Actual Value Range: SFN, CELL_COMBINATION,

TWO_RRU_COMBINATION,

DIGITAL_COMBINATION,

MPRU_AGGREGATIONDefault Value: SFN(SFN)

CellMcPara

Hysteresis

MODCELLM

CPARA

LST

CELLM

CPARA

 None None Meaning: Indicates the hysteresis for reporting eventA3 or A6. This parameter is used to prevent frequent

entering or leaving of event A3 or A6 and decision

errors due to radio signal fluctuation. For details, see

3GPP TS 36.331.

GUI Value Range: 0~30

Unit: 0.5dB

Actual Value Range: 0~15

Default Value: 4

CellMcP

ara

Trigger 

Quantity

MOD

CELLM

CPARA

LST

CELLM

CPARA

 None None Meaning: Indicates whether event A3 or A6 is

triggered based on RSRP or RSRQ values. The

measured RSRP values are stable, slightly varying

with the load, and therefore there is little signal

fluctuation. The measured RSRQ values vary with the

load and are likely to reflect the signal quality of the

cell in real time.

GUI Value Range: RSRP, RSRQ

Unit: None

Actual Value Range: RSRP, RSRQ

Default Value: RSRP

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

143

Page 150: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 150/169

MO Parameter ID

MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

CellMcP

ara

ReportQ

uantity

MOD

CELLM

CPARA

LST

CELLM

CPARA

 None None Meaning: Indicates the type of the value to be

included in the measurement report after event A3 or 

A6 is triggered, which can be set to

SAME_AS_TRIG_QUAN(Same as Trig Quan) or 

BOTH(Both). The value

SAME_AS_TRIG_QUAN(Same as Trig Quan)

indicates that the type of the value to be included in

the measurement report is the same as that specified

 by the TriggerQuantity parameter. The value

BOTH(Both) indicates that both RSRP and RSRQ

values are included in the measurement report. The

measured RSRP values are stable, slightly varying

with the load, and therefore there is little signalfluctuation. The measured RSRQ values vary with the

load and are likely to reflect the signal quality of the

cell in real time. For details, see 3GPP TS 36.331.

GUI Value Range: SAME_AS_TRIG_QUAN(Same

as Trig Quan), BOTH

Unit: None

Actual Value Range: SAME_AS_TRIG_QUAN,

BOTH

Default Value: BOTH

CellMcPara

TimetoTrigger 

MODCELLM

CPARA

LST

CELLM

CPARA

 None None Meaning: Indicates the time-to-trigger for reportingevent A3 or A6. When detecting that the signal quality

in the serving cell and that in at least one neighboring

cell meet the entering condition, the UE does not

report the event to the eNodeB immediately. Instead,

the UE reports the event only when the signal quality

continuously meets the entering condition during the

time-to-trigger.

GUI Value Range: 0ms, 40ms, 64ms, 80ms, 100ms,

128ms, 160ms, 256ms, 320ms, 480ms, 512ms, 640ms,

1024ms, 1280ms, 2560ms, 5120ms

Unit: msActual Value Range: 0ms, 40ms, 64ms, 80ms, 100ms,

128ms, 160ms, 256ms, 320ms, 480ms, 512ms, 640ms,

1024ms, 1280ms, 2560ms, 5120ms

Default Value: 640ms

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

144

Page 151: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 151/169

MO Parameter ID

MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

CellMcP

ara

ReportIn

terval

MOD

CELLM

CPARA

LST

CELLM

CPARA

 None None Meaning: Indicates the interval between periodic

measurement reports that are sent after event A3 or 

A6 is triggered. For details, see 3GPP TS 36.331.

GUI Value Range: 120ms, 240ms, 480ms, 640ms,

1024ms, 2048ms, 5120ms, 10240ms, 1min, 6min,

12min, 30min, 60min

Unit: None

Actual Value Range: 120ms, 240ms, 480ms, 640ms,

1024ms, 2048ms, 5120ms, 10240ms, 1min, 6min,

12min, 30min, 60min

Default Value: 5120ms

CellMcP

ara

ReportA

mount

MOD

CELLM

CPARA

LST

CELLM

CPARA

 None None Meaning: Indicates the number of periodic

measurement reports that are sent after event A3 or 

A6 is triggered. For details, see 3GPP TS 36.331.

GUI Value Range: r1(1), r2(2), r4(4), r8(8), r16(16),

r32(32), r64(64), Infinity(Infinity)

Unit: None

Actual Value Range: r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64,

Infinity

Default Value: Infinity(Infinity)

BASEBANDEQ

M

BASEBANDEQ

MID

ADDBASEB

ANDEQ

M

LST

BASEB

ANDEQ

M

MOD

BASEB

ANDEQ

MRMV

BASEB

ANDEQ

M

 None None Meaning: Indicates the number of the basebandequipment.

GUI Value Range: 0~23

Unit: None

Actual Value Range: 0~23

Default Value: None

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

145

Page 152: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 152/169

MO Parameter ID

MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

BASEB

ANDEQ

M

BASEB

ANDEQ

MTYPE

ADD

BASEB

ANDEQ

M

LST

BASEB

ANDEQ

M

MOD

BASEB

ANDEQ

M

RMV

BASEB

ANDEQ

M

 None None Meaning: Indicates the type of baseband equipment.

GUI Value Range: UL(UL), DL(DL),

ULDL(Combined UL and DL)

Unit: None

Actual Value Range: UL, DL, ULDL

Default Value: None

BASEB

ANDEQ

M

UMTSD

EMMO

DE

ADD

BASEB

ANDEQ

M

LST

BASEB

ANDEQM

 None None Meaning: Indicates the demodulation mode of uplink 

 baseband equipment for UMTS mode. When uplink 

(or uplink and downlink) baseband equipment is

added, its demodulation mode must be specified.

Different demodulation modes can be specified for 

different sets of uplink (or uplink and downlink)

 baseband equipment. This parameter is not used for 

GSM mode, and therefore it is recommended that this

 parameter be set to NULL for GSM mode. This

 parameter cannot be set to NULL for UMTS mode.

This parameter is not used for LTE mode, and

therefore it is recommended that this parameter be set

to NULL for LTE mode.

GUI Value Range: NULL(NULL), DEM_4_CHAN(4-

Channels Demodulation Mode),

DEM_ECON_4_CHAN(Economical 4-Channels

Demodulation Mode), DEM_2_CHAN(2-Channels

Demodulation Mode)

Unit: None

Actual Value Range: NULL, DEM_4_CHAN,

DEM_ECON_4_CHAN, DEM_2_CHAN

Default Value: None

MBMSP

ara

LocalCe

llId

DSP

MBMSP

ARA

 None None Meaning: This parameter indicates the local ID of the

cell. It uniquely identifies a cell within an eNodeB.

GUI Value Range: 0~255

Unit: None

Actual Value Range: 0~255

Default Value: None

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

146

Page 153: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 153/169

MO Parameter ID

MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

eUCellS

ectorEq

m

SectorE

qmId

ADD

EUCEL

LSECT

OREQ

M

DSP

EURTW

P

LST

EUCEL

LSECT

OREQ

M

MOD

EUCEL

LSECT

OREQ

M

RMV

EUCEL

LSECT

OREQ

M

 None None Meaning: Indicates the ID of the sector device that

serves the cell,it uniquely identifies a sector device

within an eNodeB.

GUI Value Range: 0~65535

Unit: None

Actual Value Range: 0~65535

Default Value: None

eUCellS

ectorEq

m

Referen

ceSignal

Pwr 

ADD

EUCEL

LSECT

OREQ

M

MOD

EUCEL

LSECT

OREQ

M

LSTEUCEL

LSECT

OREQ

M

 None None Meaning: Indicates the reference signal power of the

cell sector device. The value 32767 indicates that this

reference signal power parameter is invalid. In this

case, the reference signal power of the cell equals the

value of the PDSCHCFG parameter. For details, see

3GPP TS 36.213.This parameter is valid only when a

multi-RRU cell works in

SFN,MPRU_AGGREGATION or cell combination

mode.

GUI Value Range: -600~500,32767

Unit: 0.1dBmActual Value Range: -60~50,3276.7

Default Value: 32767

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

147

Page 154: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 154/169

MO Parameter ID

MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

eUCellS

ectorEq

m

BaseBan

dEqmId

ADD

EUCEL

LSECT

OREQ

M

MOD

EUCEL

LSECT

OREQ

M

LST

EUCEL

LSECT

OREQ

M

 None None Meaning:

Indicates the ID of the baseband equipment serving a

cell.

When this parameter is set to 255, the baseband

equipment serving a cell is not specified. In this

scenario, the LTE baseband processing units (LBBPs)

serving a cell are selected among all LBBPs in the

eNodeB, and the LBBPs to which the cell's serving

RRU is connected are preferentially selected.

When this parameter is set to a value other than 255,

the cell is served by LBBPs in the specified baseband

equipment, and the LBBPs to which the cell's servingRRU is connected are preferentially selected.

GUI Value Range: 0~23,255

Unit: None

Actual Value Range: 0~23,255

Default Value: 255

eUCellS

ectorEq

m

LocalCe

llId

ADD

EUCEL

LSECT

OREQ

M

LST

EUCEL

LSECT

OREQ

M

MOD

EUCEL

LSECT

OREQ

M

RMV

EUCEL

LSECT

OREQ

M

DSP

EURTW

P

 None None Meaning: Indicates the local cell identity. It uniquely

identifies a cell within an eNodeB.

GUI Value Range: 0~255

Unit: None

Actual Value Range: 0~255

Default Value: None

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

148

Page 155: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 155/169

MO Parameter ID

MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

Cell eNodeB

Id

DSP

CELL

DSP

CELLP

HYTOP

O

 None None Meaning: Indicates the ID of the eNodeB.

GUI Value Range: 0~1048575

Unit: None

Actual Value Range: 0~1048575

Default Value: None

CellAlg

oSwitch

MrcIrcA

dptSwitc

h

MOD

CELLA

LGOSW

ITCH

LST

CELLALGOSW

ITCH

LOFD-0

01012 /

TDLOF

D-00101

2

UL

Interfere

nce

Rejectio

n

Combining

Meaning: Indicates whether to apply MRC/IRC

adaptation to the PUSCH.

GUI Value Range: DISABLE(Disable),

ENABLE(Enable)

Unit: None

Actual Value Range: DISABLE, ENABLE

Default Value: ENABLE(Enable)

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

149

Page 156: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 156/169

Page 157: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 157/169

MO Parameter ID

MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

services on the Uu interface, thereby improving uplink 

coverage.

ImIcSwitch: Indicates whether to enable the

intermodulation interference (IM) cancellation for 

UEs. When data is transmitted in both uplink and

downlink, two IM components are generated

symmetrically beside the Direct Current (DC)

subcarrier on the downlink receive channel due to

interference from uplink radio signals. If this switch is

on, IM component elimination is performed on UEs.

If this switch is off, IM component elimination is not

 performed on UEs. This switch applies only to FDD

cells working in frequency band 20.

SmartPreAllocationSwitch: Indicates whether to

enable uplink smart preallocation when preallocation

is enabled (by turning on PreAllocationSwitch). If 

 both PreAllocationSwitch and SmartPreAllocationS-

witch are on and SmartPreAllocationDuration is set to

a value greater than 0, uplink smart preallocation is

enabled; otherwise, uplink smart preallocation is

disabled.

PuschDtxSwitch: Indicates whether the eNodeB uses

the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH)discontinuous transmission (DTX) detection result

during UL scheduling. In an LTE FDD cell, if this

switch is on, based on the PUSCH DTX detection

result, the eNodeB determines whether to perform

adaptive retransmission during UL scheduling and

also adjusts the control channel element (CCE)

aggregation level of the physical downlink control

channel (PDCCH) carrying downlink control

information (DCI) format 0. If an FDD cell is

established on an LBBPc, this switch takes effect only

when the cell uses less than four RX antennas and

normal cyclic prefix (CP) in the uplink and theSrsCfgInd parameter in the SRSCfg MO is set to

BOOLEAN_TRUE. Note that the LBBPc does not

support PUSCH DTX detection for UEs with MU-

MIMO applied. In an LTE TDD cell, this switch takes

effect only when the cell is configured with subframe

configuration 2 or 5. After this switch takes effect, the

eNodeB adjusts the CCE aggregation level based on

the PUSCH DTX detection results. Note that LTE

TDD cells established on LBBPc boards do not

support PUSCH DTX detection.

UlIblerAdjustSwitch: Indicates whether to enable theuplink initial block error rate (IBLER) adjustment

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

151

Page 158: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 158/169

MO Parameter ID

MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

algorithm. If this switch is on, IBLER convergence

target is adjusted to increase the cell edge throughput.

When this switch is on, the recommended

configuration of parameter DopMeasLevel in MO

CellUlschAlgo is CLASS_1.

UlEnhancedFssSwitch: Indicates whether to enable

uplink load-based enhanced frequency selection. This

switch applies only to FDD cells.

UlIicsAlgoSwitch: Indicates whether to enable the UL

IICS algorithm. If this switch is on, interference can

 be reduced based on accurate detection of user 

attributes and resource scheduling coordination,thereby increasing the cell edge throughput. This

switch applies only to LTE TDD networks.

UlEnhancedSrSchSwitch: Indicates whether uplink re-

scheduling is performed only when the On Duration

timer for the DRX long cycle starts. Uplink re-

scheduling is required if the number of HARQ

retransmissions for a scheduling request (SR) reaches

the maximum value but the scheduling still fails. If 

this switch is on, uplink re-scheduling is performed

only when the On Duration timer for the DRX long

cycle starts. If this switch is off, uplink re-schedulingis performed immediately when the number of HARQ

retransmissions for SR reaches the maximum value

 but the scheduling still fails. It is recommended that

the switch be turned on in live networks.

SchedulerCtrlPowerSwitch: Indicates whether the

uplink scheduler performs scheduling without

considering power control restrictions. If this switch is

on, the uplink scheduler performs scheduling without

considering power control restrictions, which ensures

full utilization of the transmit power for all UEs. If 

this switch is off, the uplink scheduler considers power control restrictions while performing

scheduling, which prevents full utilization of the

transmit power for UEs at far or medium distances

from the cell center.

UlMinGbrSwitch: Indicates whether to enable uplink 

minimum guaranteed bit rate (GBR). If this switch is

on, the minimum GBR of non-GBR services is

ensured by increasing the scheduling priority of UEs

whose non-GBR service rates are lower than the

minimum GBR of GBR services.

UlMbrCtrlSwitch: Indicates whether to enable uplink scheduling based on the maximum bit rate (MBR) and

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

152

Page 159: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 159/169

MO Parameter ID

MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

guaranteed bit rate (GBR) on the GBR bearer. If this

switch is on, the eNodeB performs uplink scheduling

on GBR bearers based on the MBR and GBR. If this

switch is off, the eNodeB performs uplink scheduling

on GBR bearers based only on the GBR.

MbrUlSchSwitch: Indicates whether the eNodeB

 performs uplink scheduling based on MBR. If this

switch is on, the eNodeB prioritizes UEs based on the

MBRs during uplink scheduling. This parameter 

applies only to LTE TDD cells.

UeAmbrUlSchSwitch: Indicates whether the eNodeB

 performs uplink scheduling based on the aggregatemaximum bit rate (AMBR) of UEs. If this switch is

on, the eNodeB prioritizes UEs based on the AMBRs

during uplink scheduling. This parameter applies only

to LTE TDD cells.

UlEnhancedDopplerSwitch: Indicates whether to

enable enhanced uplink scheduling based on mobility

speed. If this switch is on, enhanced uplink scheduling

 based on mobility speed is enabled. If this switch is

on, the eNodeB determines whether a UE is a low-

mobility UE based on the Doppler measurement in the

 physical layer, and then improves uplink frequencyselective scheduling performance for low-mobility

UEs. If this switch is off, enhanced uplink scheduling

 based on mobility speed is disabled. This switch takes

effect only when the UlEnhancedDopplerSwitch

 parameter is set to CLASS_1. This switch does not

take effect on cells established on an LBBPc.

UlRaUserSchOptSw: Indicates whether the eNodeB

raises the scheduling priority of UEs sending uplink 

access signaling, including MSG5 and the RRC

Connection Reconfiguration Complete message. If 

this switch is on, the eNodeB raises the scheduling priority of UEs sending uplink access signaling. If this

switch is off, the eNodeB does not raise the

scheduling priority of UEs sending uplink access

signaling.

UlLast2RetransSchOptSwitch: Indicates whether to

enable optimization on the scheduling policy for the

last two retransmissions. If this switch is on,

optimization on the scheduling policy for the last two

retransmissions is enabled. If the UE transmit power is

not limited, adaptive retransmission is used and the

number of RBs increases in the last two

retransmissions to increase the receive success rate of 

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

153

Page 160: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 160/169

MO Parameter ID

MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

the last two retransmissions and decrease uplink 

RBLER. If this switch is off, optimization on the

scheduling policy for the last two retransmissions is

disabled. This switch does not apply to LTE TDD

cells.

UlInterfFssSwitch: Indicates whether to enable

interference-based uplink frequency-selective

scheduling. This switch applies only to LTE FDD

networks.

UlSmallRBSpectralEffOptSw: Indicates whether to

enable spectral efficiency optimization on uplink 

small RBs. If this switch is on, the optimization isenabled, thereby ensuring that the transmission block 

size calculated based on optimized spectral efficiency

is not less than the traffic volume needs to be

scheduled. If this switch is off, the optimization is

disabled.

PuschUsePucchRbSwitch: Indicates whether PUCCH

RBs can be occupied by the PUSCH. In scenarios

with a single user, if this switch is on, PUCCH RBs

can be occupied by the PUSCH. If this switch is off,

PUCCH RBs cannot be occupied by the PUSCH. In

scenarios with multiple users, PUCCH RBs cannot beoccupied by the PUSCH no matter whether this switch

is on or off.

PuschDtxSchOptSwitch: If this switch is on, the

eNodeB determines whether to perform adaptive

retransmission during UL scheduling based on the

PUSCH DTX detection result. This switch takes effect

only when subframe configuration 2 or 5 is used. If a

TDD cell is established on an LBBPc, PUSCH DTX

detection is not supported. This switch applies only to

LTE TDD cells.

PrachRbReuseSwitch:If this switch is on, the PUSCHand PRACH transmissions can use the same resource.

If this switch is off, the PUSCH and PRACH

transmissions cannot use the same resource. This

switch applies only to LTE TDD cells.

ULFSSAlgoswitch:If this switch is off, uplink 

frequency-selective scheduling is disabled. If this

switch is on, uplink frequency-selective scheduling is

enabled. This switch is invalid if the HighSpeedFlag

 parameter in the Cell MO is set to

HIGH_SPEED(High speed cell flag) or 

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

154

Page 161: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 161/169

MO Parameter ID

MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

ULTRA_HIGH_SPEED(Ultra high speed cell flag),

that is, uplink frequency-selective scheduling is

disabled in high speed and ultra high speed mobility

conditions. This switch applies only to LTE TDD

cells.

SrSchDataAdptSw: Indicates whether to enable data

volume adaption in SR scheduling. Data volume

adaption in SR scheduling is enabled only when this

option is selected.

UlFssUserThdStSwitch: UlFssUserThdStSwitch:

Indicates whether to enable the optimization policy on

the UE number threshold for frequency selectivescheduling. The optimization policy is enabled only

when this option is selected.

GUI Value Range: SpsSchSwitch(SpsSchSwitch),

SinrAdjustSwitch(SinrAdjustSwitch),

PreAllocationSwitch(PreAllocationSwitch),

UlVmimoSwitch(UlVmimoSwitch),

TtiBundlingSwitch(TtiBundlingSwitch),

ImIcSwitch(ImIcSwitch), SmartPreAllocationS-

witch(SmartPreAllocationSwitch),

PuschDtxSwitch(PuschDtxSwitch),

UlIblerAdjustSwitch(UlIblerAdjustSwitch),

UlEnhancedFssSwitch(UlEnhancedFssSwitch),

UlEnhancedSrSchSwitch(UlEnhancedSrSchSwitch),

SchedulerCtrlPowerSwitch(SchedulerCtrlPowerS-

witch), UlIicsAlgoSwitch(UlIicsAlgoSwitch),

UlMinGbrSwitch(UlMinGbrSwitch),

UlMbrCtrlSwitch(UlMbrCtrlSwitch),

MbrUlSchSwitch(MbrUlSchSwitch),

UeAmbrUlSchSwitch(UeAmbrUlSchSwitch),

UlEnhancedDopplerSwitch(UlEnhancedDopplerS-

witch), UlRaUserSchOptSw(UlRaUserSchOptSw),

UlLast2RetransSchOptSwitch(UlLast2RetransSchOpt

Switch), UlInterfFssSwitch(UlInterfFssSwitch),UlSmallRBSpectralEffOptSw(UlSmallRBSpectralEf-

ficiencyOptSw), PuschUsePucchRbS-

witch(PuschUsePucchRbSwitch), PuschDtxSchOptS-

witch(PuschDtxSchOptSwitch),

ULFSSAlgoSwitch(ULFSSAlgoSwitch),

PrachRbReuseSwitch(PrachRbReuseSwitch),

SrSchDataAdptSw(SrSchDataAdptSw),

UlFssUserThdStSwitch(UlFssUserThdStSwitch)

Unit: None

Actual Value Range: SpsSchSwitch,

SinrAdjustSwitch, PreAllocationSwitch,

UlVmimoSwitch, TtiBundlingSwitch, ImIcSwitch,

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

155

Page 162: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 162/169

MO Parameter ID

MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

SmartPreAllocationSwitch, PuschDtxSwitch,

UlIblerAdjustSwitch, UlEnhancedFssSwitch,

UlEnhancedSrSchSwitch, SchedulerCtrlPowerSwitch,

UlIicsAlgoSwitch, UlMinGbrSwitch,

UlMbrCtrlSwitch, MbrUlSchSwitch,

UeAmbrUlSchSwitch, UlEnhancedDopplerSwitch,

UlRaUserSchOptSw, UlLast2RetransSchOptSwitch,

UlInterfFssSwitch, UlSmallRBSpectralEffOptSw,

PuschUsePucchRbSwitch, PuschDtxSchOptSwitch,

ULFSSAlgoSwitch, PrachRbReuseSwitch,

SrSchDataAdptSw, UlFssUserThdStSwitch

Default Value: SpsSchSwitch:Off,

SinrAdjustSwitch:On, PreAllocationSwitch:On,UlVmimoSwitch:Off, TtiBundlingSwitch:Off,

ImIcSwitch:Off, SmartPreAllocationSwitch:Off,

PuschDtxSwitch:On, UlIblerAdjustSwitch:Off,

UlEnhancedFssSwitch:On, UlEnhancedSrSchS-

witch:Off, SchedulerCtrlPowerSwitch:Off,

UlIicsAlgoSwitch:Off, UlMinGbrSwitch:Off,

UlMbrCtrlSwitch:Off, MbrUlSchSwitch:Off,

UeAmbrUlSchSwitch:Off, UlEnhancedDopplerS-

witch:Off, UlRaUserSchOptSw:Off,

UlLast2RetransSchOptSwitch:Off,

UlInterfFssSwitch:Off, UlSmallRBSpectralEf-

fOptSw:Off, PuschUsePucchRbSwitch:Off,PuschDtxSchOptSwitch:Off, ULFSSAlgoSwitch:On,

PrachRbReuseSwitch:Off, SrSchDataAdptSw:On,

UlFssUserThdStSwitch:Off 

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

156

Page 163: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 163/169

Page 164: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 164/169

Counter ID Counter Name CounterDescription

Feature ID Feature Name

1526727440 L.ChMeas.PUSCH.

MCS.28

 Number of times

MCS index 28 is

scheduled on the

PUSCH

Multi-mode: None

GSM: NoneUMTS: None

LTE:

LBFD-002025

TDLBFD-002025

LBFD-001005

TDLBFD-001005

LOFD-001006

TDLOFD-001006

Basic Scheduling

Basic SchedulingModulation: DL/UL

QPSK, DL/UL

16QAM, DL

64QAM

Modulation: DL/UL

QPSK, DL/UL

16QAM, DL

64QAM

UL 64QAM

UL 64QAM

1526727483 L.ChMeas.PRB.PU

CCH.Avg

Average number of 

used PRBs over the

PUCCH

Multi-mode: None

GSM: None

UMTS: None

LTE:

LBFD-002025

TDLBFD-002025

Basic Scheduling

Basic Scheduling

1526728259 L.Thrp.bits.UL Total uplink traffic

volume for PDCP

PDUs in a cell

Multi-mode: None

GSM: None

UMTS: NoneLTE:

LBFD-002008

TDLBFD-002008

LBFD-002025

TDLBFD-002025

Radio Bearer 

Management

Radio Bearer 

Management

Basic Scheduling

Basic Scheduling

1526728260 L.Thrp.Time.UL Total receive

duration of uplink 

PDCP PDUs in a

cell

Multi-mode: None

GSM: None

UMTS: None

LTE:LBFD-002008

TDLBFD-002008

LBFD-002025

TDLBFD-002025

Radio Bearer 

Management

Radio Bearer 

Management

Basic Scheduling

Basic Scheduling

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 11 Counters

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

158

Page 165: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 165/169

Counter ID Counter Name CounterDescription

Feature ID Feature Name

1526728338 L.ULCoMP.User.A

vg

Average number of 

UL CoMP UEs in a

cell

Multi-mode: None

GSM: NoneUMTS: None

LTE:

LOFD-001066

LOFD-070222

LOFD-070223

TDLOFD-001066

Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP

Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP Phase II

UL CoMP based on

Coordinated BBU

Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP

1526728339 L.ULCoMP.User.M

ax

Maximum number 

of UL CoMP UEs

in a cell

Multi-mode: None

GSM: None

UMTS: NoneLTE:

LOFD-001066

LOFD-070222

LOFD-070223

TDLOFD-001066

Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP

Intra-eNodeB ULCoMP Phase II

UL CoMP based on

Coordinated BBU

Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP

1526728340 L.ULCoMP.RB Average number of  

scheduled PRBs for 

UL CoMP

Multi-mode: None

GSM: None

UMTS: None

LTE:LOFD-001066

LOFD-070222

LOFD-070223

TDLOFD-001066

Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP

Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP Phase II

UL CoMP based on

Coordinated BBU

Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP

1526733173 L.ULCoMP.Hetnet

CoMP.User.Avg

Average number of 

UEs selected for 

whom HetNet UL

CoMP is performed

in a cell

Multi-mode: None

GSM: None

UMTS: None

LTE:

LOFD-001066LOFD-070222

LOFD-070223

Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP

Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP Phase II

UL CoMP based on

Coordinated BBU

1526733174 L.ULCoMP.Hetnet

CoMP.User.Max

Maximum number 

of UEs selected for 

whom HetNet UL

CoMP is performed

in a cell

Multi-mode: None

GSM: None

UMTS: None

LTE:

LOFD-001066

LOFD-070222

LOFD-070223

Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP

Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP Phase II

UL CoMP based on

Coordinated BBU

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 11 Counters

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

159

Page 166: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 166/169

Counter ID Counter Name CounterDescription

Feature ID Feature Name

1526733175 L.ULCoMP.Hetnet

CoMP.RB

Average number of 

scheduled RBs for 

HetNet UL CoMP

in a cell

Multi-mode: None

GSM: NoneUMTS: None

LTE:

LOFD-001066

LOFD-070222

LOFD-070223

Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP

Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP Phase II

UL CoMP based on

Coordinated BBU

1526733196 L.ChMeas.ULCoM

PPhase2.PRB.Avg

Average number of 

scheduled PRBs for 

intra-BBU inter-

BBP UL CoMP in a

cell

Multi-mode: None

GSM: None

UMTS: None

LTE:LOFD-070222

TDLOFD-001066

Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP Phase II

Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP

1526733197 L.ChMeas.ULOver  

BBUCoMP.PRB.Av

g

Average number of 

scheduled PRBs for 

inter-BBU UL

CoMP in a cell

Multi-mode: None

GSM: None

UMTS: None

LTE:

LOFD-070223

TDLOFD-081207

UL CoMP based on

Coordinated BBU

UL CoMP based on

Coordinated BBU

1526737762 L.ChMeas.ULRelaxedBHCoMP.PRB.A

vg

Average number of PRBs scheduled for 

relaxed-backhaul-

 based UL CoMP in

a cell

Multi-mode: None

GSM: None

UMTS: None

LTE:

LOFD-081219

UL CoMP Based onRelaxed Backhaul

1526737763 L.ULCoMP.ULRela

xedBHCoMP.User.

Avg

Average number of 

UEs selected for 

whom UL CoMP

 based on relaxed

 backhaul is

 performed in a cell

Multi-mode: None

GSM: None

UMTS: None

LTE:

LOFD-081219

UL CoMP Based on

Relaxed Backhaul

1526737816 L.ChMeas.

3SectorULCoMP.P

RB.Avg

Average number of 

scheduled PRBs for 

3-cell UL CoMP in

a cell

Multi-mode: None

GSM: None

UMTS: None

LTE:

LOFD-001066

LOFD-070222

LOFD-070223

LOFD-081219

Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP

Intra-eNodeB UL

CoMP Phase II

UL CoMP based on

Coordinated BBU

UL CoMP Based on

Relaxed Backhaul

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 11 Counters

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

160

Page 167: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 167/169

Counter ID Counter Name CounterDescription

Feature ID Feature Name

1542455420 VS.IPPM.Rtt.Mean

s

Average RTT on the

IP PM

Multi-mode: None

GSM:GBFD-118607

UMTS:

WRFD-050402

LTE:

LOFD-00301201

TDLOFD-0030120

1

IP Performance

Monitor 

IP Transmission

Introduction on Iub

Interface

IP Performance

Monitoring

IP Performance

Monitoring

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 11 Counters

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

161

Page 168: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 168/169

12 Glossary

For the acronyms, abbreviations, terms, and definitions, see Glossary.

eRAN

UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 12 Glossary

Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

162

Page 169: UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 169/169